奥鹏远程教育中心 -...

奥鹏远程教育中心 http://www.open.com.cn

1 / 342

目录

交际用语 ..................................................................................... 1

词汇与结构 ............................................................................... 47

完形填空 ................................................................................... 86

英译汉 .................................................................................... 137

阅读理解 ................................................................................. 145

写作........................................................................................ 291

交际用语

第一部分：1—45 题

1-5 BACBB

1. —How are you, Bob? ---你好吗，鲍勃？

—____________ Ted. ---我很好，特德。

A. How are you? B. I’m fine. Thank you.

C. How do you do? D. Nice to meet you.

知识点：问候用语

答案：B

解析：这是表示见面问候最基本的表达法。通常是比较熟悉的人之间

问候的表达。别人询问你怎么样？你好吗？回答可用：I’m fine. Thank

you.或者 Very well. Thank you 等。C 项和 D 项通常是初次见面的常


2 / 342

用语，别人问候说：How do you do? 回答应为：How do you do? D 项

是 Nice to meet you.意为“很高兴见到你”。

2. —Thanks for your help. ---谢谢你的帮忙。

—____________ ---我很荣幸。

A. My pleasure. B. Never mind.

C. Quite right. D. Don’t thank me.

知识点：感谢用语

答案：A

解析：这是表示感谢的交际用语。他人向你表示感谢时，你可以说：

My pleasure.(我很荣幸。)或 Don’t mention it.(不用介意，没关系)。

Never mind.是对他人道歉的回答。C 项 Quite right.是表示同意他人观

点。D 项过于中国式的表达。交际用语的表达一定要符合文化习惯。

3. —Hello, I’m Harry Potter. ---你好，我

是哈里﹒波特。

—Hello, my name is Charles Green, but ____________.---你好，我是查

理﹒格林，你可以叫我查理。

A. call my Charles B. call me at Charles

C. call me Charles D. call Charles me

知识点：相识用语

答案：C

解析：这是表示自我介绍的交际用语。在英语中，名字的组合是：名

在前，姓在后。如 Charles Green 名字是 Charles(查理), 姓：Green（格


3 / 342

林）。为了表示随和，亲近，可以让对方叫你的名字。call 后面用宾

格，选择 C 项。

4. —Paul, ____________? ---鲍，那边在说

话的人是谁？

—Oh, that’s my father! And beside him, my mother. ---哦，那是我的爸

爸，在他旁边的是我妈妈。

A. what is the person over there B. who’s talking over there

C. what are they doing D. which is that

知识点：询问用语

答案：B

解析：这是表示询问的一组对话。根据答语提到我的父亲和母亲，选

择 B 项。A 项中表示询问时应用疑问代词 who, C 项是询问他们在做

什么，与答语不符合，D 项是对物的询问。

5. —Hi, Tom, how’s everything with you? ---你好，汤姆，近来都好

吗？

—____________, and how are you? ---还不错，你呢?

A. Don’t mention it B. Hm, not too bad

C. Thanks D. Pretty fast


答案：B

解析：这是问候语的一种。对方询问近来过得怎么样？A 项 Don’t

mention it.是对表示感谢的回答，意为“不用谢。别放在心上”。C


4 / 342

项回答不全面，没有对问句进行回答，可以说“Great, thanks.”.D 项

与问句不符。

6-10 CABCD

6. —Who’s that speaking? 你是谁？

—This is Tom ____________ 我是 TOM。

A. speaks B. spoken C. speaking D. saying

知识点：电话用语

答案：C

解析：考察电话用语。在电话中回答要用 speak,表示正在说 speaking.

电话用语中表示本人接电话，常用 This is sb.(speaking)，speaking 可

省略。

7. —I’m sorry. I lost the key. 对不起，我的钥匙丢了。

—____________ 没关系。

A. Well, it’s OK. B. No, it’s all right.

C. You are welcome. D. You are wrong.

知识点：道歉用语

答案：A

解析：考察表示歉意与回答。A 项是正确答案，意为“没关系”。B

项应去掉 No，表示歉意的回答应为“It’s all right”.C 项是表示感谢

的回答，意为“不客气”。D 项的回答太直白，不符合习惯。

8. —It’s rather cold in here. Do you mind if I close the window? 这里

相当冷，你介意我把窗关上吗？


5 / 342

—____________ 不介意，

去关上吧。

A. Yes, please. B. No, go ahead. C. Sure, please. D. I

don’t like it.

知识点：请求用语

答案：B

解析：这是表示请求、允许的交际用语。对 Would/Do you mind if…

的回答。回答时首先要根据情况回答“是否介意”。如果真的介意，

要委婉拒绝。不介意的答语：No, of course not./Certainly not. / No, go

ahead.……

9. —____________ 你爸爸是从事什么工作的？

—He teaches physics in a school. 他在一所学校教物理。

A. What does your father want to do? B. Who is your father?

C. What is your father? D. Where is your father now?


答案：C

解析：表示询问职业的交际表达。询问职业我们用 What is your father?

或者 What does your father do? B 项不符合英语习惯。D 项是在询问你

的父亲现在在哪？

10. —Excuse me, how much is the jacket? 请问，这件夹克衫多少

钱？

—It’s 499 Yuan. ____________. 499 元。你想试一下吗？


6 / 342

A. Oh, no. That’s OK! B. How do you like it?

C. Which do you prefer? D. Would you like to try it on?

知识点：购物用语

答案：D

解析：考察购物的交际表达法。A 项本身自相矛盾。B 项意为“你觉

得怎么样？”买衣服通常是试穿后才这样询问。C 项是针对两件物品

及以上的选择。D 项询问是否要穿上试试符合语境。

11-15 DCCCC

11. —Could you help me with my physics, please? 请问你能帮我做

物理课作业吗？

—____________ 很抱歉不行。我马上要

去开会。

A. No, no way. B. No, I couldn’t

C. No, I can’t. D. Sorry I can’t. I have to go to a

meeting right now.


答案：D

解析：对请求与拒绝用语的考察。在英语中对别人表示拒绝时，不可

以生硬的用 No 拒绝，通常要说：I’m sorry.并且礼貌的做法是给出

原因，因此选择 D 项。

12. —Could I speak to Don Watkins, please? 我能和 Don Watkins

说话吗？


7 / 342

—____________ 我就是。

A. I’m listening B. Oh, how are you?

C. Speaking, please. D. I’m Don.


答案：C

解析：电话用语的考查。在电话用语当中，如果是本人接电话，通常

的表达法是： Hello, 电话号码 /Good morning. This is

Done(speaking)/Yes, speaking.

13. —Could I borrow your car for a few days? 我能借你的车用几天

吗？

—____________ 当然可以。给你。祝你旅途

愉快。

A. Yes, you may borrow. B. Yes, go on.

C. Sure, here you are. Enjoy your journey. D. It doesn’t matter.


答案：C

解析：表示请求的交际用语。回答他人的请求时，表示同意可以说：

Yes/Sure/Certainly. Yes,(do)please. Of course(you may)等。

14. —Thank you for inviting me. 感谢您的邀请。

—____________ 谢谢光临。

A. I really had a happy time. B. Oh, it’s too late

C. Thank you for coming D. Oh, so slowly?


8 / 342

知识点：邀请用语

答案：C

解析：表示邀请的交际用语。A 项是在聚会结束后的一个表达法。B

项和 D 项不符合语境。C 项为感谢他人的光临捧场。

15. —May I see your tickets, please? 可以看一下你的票吗？

—____________ 当然可以。

A. No, they are mine. B. No, you can’t.

C. Sure. D. Yes, you can.


答案：C

解析：表示询问的交际用语。问句是验票的一种委婉客气的表达法，

因此选择 C 项。A 项和 B 项不符合语境，在拒绝他人时，要用“I’

m sorry.”，不可只生硬的回答 No. D 项不符合习惯表达。

16-20: DBCDA

16. — Please help yourself to the seafood. 请吃点海鲜。

— _______ 对不起，我不吃海鲜。

A. No, I can’t. B. Sorry, I can’t help.

C. Well, seafood don’t suit for. D. Thanks, but I don’t like

the seafood.

知识点：就餐用语

答案：D

解析：这是就餐用语。主人说的客套话，请你吃点海鲜。在表示拒绝


9 / 342

时，要先感谢对方，然后说明原因才是礼貌的做法。

17. — Would you like to go to the concert with us this evening? 今晚你

能和我们一起去听音乐会吗？

— _______

A. No, I already have plans.

B. I’d love to, but I’m busy tonight. 我很高兴去，但今晚我很忙。

C. No, I really don’t like being with you.

D. I’m ill, so I shouldn’t go out.


答案：B

解析：考查表示邀请的交际用语。拒绝他人的邀请一般不直接说 No,

而要婉言谢绝（通常会说明理由），并要声明自己是愿意接受“邀请”

的，但因某种原因不能接受。

18. — Congratulations! You won the first prize in today’s speech contest.

祝贺你在今天的演讲比赛中获得冠军。

— _______. 谢谢你。

A. Yes, I beat the others. B. No, no I didn’t do it well.

C. Thank you. D. It’s a pleasure.

知识点：祝贺用语

答案：C

解析：祝贺用语的考查。在西方的文化中，别人向你祝贺时，不能直

接说 No,而应说 Thank you.表示感谢他人的祝贺。这一点和中国的文


10 / 342

化不一样，中国一直崇尚谦逊，且不可把中文表达直译成 B 项。

19. — Must I take a taxi? 我必须坐出租车吗？

— No, you _______. You can take my car. 不必。你可以坐我的车。

A. had better to B. don’t

C. must not D. don’t have to


答案：D

解析：考查表请求的交际表达。此题也要注意情态动词的考查。must

表示必须，必要。在回答由 must 引出的问句时，如果是否定的，不

能用 must not(禁止，不准)，而用 needn’t,don’t have to(不必)。

20. — We are going to have a singing party tonight. Would you like to

join us?

今晚我们有个歌唱聚会，你想来吗？

— _______

A. I’m afraid not, because I have to go to an important meeting. 恐怕

不行，因为我得参加一个重要会议。

B. Of course not. I have no idea.

C. No, I can’t.

D. That’s all set.


答案：A

解析：考查表示邀请的交际用语。拒绝他人的邀请一般不直接说 No,


11 / 342

而要婉言谢绝（通常会说明理由。

21-25: ABBCB

21. — How was your trip to London, Jane? 简，你在伦敦的旅行如何

啊？

— _______

A. Oh, wonderful indeed. 哦，真的好极了 B. I went there alone.

C. The guide showed me the way. D. By plane and by bus.


答案：A

解析：考查表询问的日常交际用语。How was…意为：……怎么样？

Ａ项为正确答案．其他三项都是所问非所答。B 项意为“我是自己去

的那里。”C 项意为“导游给我指的路。”D 项意为“坐飞机和公共

汽车”。

22. — Hey, Tom, what’s up? 嗨，汤姆，你在忙什么？

— _______

A. Yes, definitely! B. Oh, not much.

C. What is happening in you life? D. You are lucky.


答案：B

解析：考查表示问候的交际用语。What’s up？意为“最近忙什么了？”

回答通常为：Not much./Nothing special.等。


12 / 342

23. — Do you mind my smoking here? 你介意我在这吸烟吗？

— ______

A. No, thanks. B. Yes, I do. 是的，我介意

C. Yes, I’d rather not. D. Good idea.


答案：B

解析：这是表示请求、允许的交际用语。对 Do you mind …的回答首

先要根据情况回答“是否介意”。如果真的介意，可以说 Yes, I do。

不介意的答语：No, of course not./Certainly not. / No, go ahead.……

24. — David injured his leg playing football yesterday. 大卫昨天踢球

时腿受伤了。

— Really? ______ 真的吗？那怎么发生的啊？

A. Who did that? B. What’s wrong with him?

C. How did that happen? D. Why was he so careless?

知识点：问询用语

答案：C

解析：考查交际用语中感情的表达。这是讨论事故的一组对话。A 项

意为：谁做的？B 项意为“他有什么问题？”C 项意为“那是怎么发

生的啊。”D 项意为“他为什么这么不小心啊。”答语中的 Really?

是表示惊奇，C 项的语气与语境符合。

25. — This box is too heavy for me to carry upstairs. 这个盒子对我来


13 / 342

说太重了，搬不到楼上去。

— _______

A. You may ask for help. B. Let me give you a hand.

让我帮你吧

C. Please do me a favor. D. I’d come to help

知识点：陈述句

答案：B

解析：考查提供帮助的表达法。发现他人有困难时，一般主动提供帮

助。B 项为最佳答案。C 项是寻求帮助的表达法，此处需要提供帮助。

A 项和 D 项不符合现场的语境。在现场可以提供帮助而不是建议去

找人帮忙。A 项排除。D 项表示去帮助你，暗含本人不在现场的意思。

26-30: ADCDB

26. — I wonder if I could use your computer tonight? 我在想是否今晚

可以用你的电脑？

— _______ I’m not using it right now. 今晚我不用。

A. Sure, go ahead. 行，拿去用吧 B. I don’t know.

C. It doesn’t matter. D. Who cares?

知识点：征求意见用语

答案：A

解析：考查征求他人许可的用语。别人征求许可使用某物时要给出确

切答案，可以或是不可以。A 项意为“可以，那去吧。”B 项“我不

知道”不符合语境。C 项是对别人道歉的回答。D 项意为“谁在乎呢？”


14 / 342

不符合语境。

27. — Excuse me, could you show me the way to the nearest post office?

打扰下，你能告诉我最近的邮局怎么走吗？

— _______ Oh, yes! Two blocks away from here at the Green Avenue.

You can’t miss it.

_______噢，对！从这里过两个街区，在格林大街，你不会错过。

A. I beg your pardon? B. What do you mean?

C. You’re welcome. D. Mm, let me think. 恩，

让我想想。


答案：D

解析：考查问路与应对的表达法。A 项是没听清他人说话，请重复一

遍的表达法。B 项意为“你是什么意思？”C 项是对他人感谢的回答，

意为“不用谢”，D 项符合语境，回答者说要想一想。

28. — Wow! This is a marvelous room! I’ve never known you’re so

artistic.

哇呜！多么漂亮的房间啊，我从来不知道你如此有艺术品位啊！

— _______

A. Great, I am very art-conscious. B. Don’t mention

it.

C. Thanks for your compliments. 承蒙夸奖 D. It’s fine.

知识点：称赞用语


15 / 342

答案：C

解析：考查对他人赞美的回答。在西方，去别人家做客时，赞美他人

的房间或屋内的物品是礼貌的行为。主人会很高兴听到赞美，并且表

示感谢。正确答案为 C 项。A 项过于自夸，D 项过于谦虚。B 项是对

他人感谢的回答。

29. — Is it possible for you to work late tonight? 今晚你可以加班吗？

— _______我认为可以

A. I like it. B. I’ll do that.

C. I’d love to. D. I think so.


答案：D

解析：这是表示询问的表达法。A 项与 C 项是对他人邀请的肯定回答，

情感上是愉悦的表达。不符合语境。B 项意为“我要那样做。”暗含

意愿，决心的意思。 D 项 I think so.表示同意，语气平淡。

30. — Unbelievable! I have failed the driving test again! 难以置信！我

的驾照考试又没通过。

— _______ This is not the end of the world.这又不是世界末日。

A. Good luck. B. Cheer up. 振作点

C. Go ahead. D. No problem.

知识点：安慰用语

答案：B

解析：这是考查安慰他人的表达法。A 项 Good luck.是表祝愿的表达，


16 / 342

意为“祝你好运。”C 项 Go ahead.意为“着手，进行”。D 项 No problem.

意为“没问题”。正确答案为 B 项，是安慰，鼓励他人的表达法。

31-35: ADADB

31. —That’s a beautiful dress you have on! ---你穿的这件裙子很

漂亮。

—____________ ---噢，谢谢，我昨天买的。

A. Oh, thanks. I got it yesterday. B. Sorry, it’s too cheap.

C. You can have it D. See you later.

知识点：称赞用语

答案：A

解析：考查赞扬与其答语。在西方对他人的赞扬要表示感谢，故选择

A 项。B 项，C 项不符合交际习惯。D 项是表示告别时用语。

32 —Why didn’t you come to my birthday party yesterday? ---昨天你为

什么不来参加我的生日晚会？

—____________ ---不好意思，我

太太出了个交通事故。

A. Excuse me, my friend sent me a flower. B. Fine, I never go to

birthday parties.

C. Ha…ha, I don’t like birthday parties. D. Sorry, but my wife had a car

accident


答案：D


17 / 342

解析：责备和抱怨的交际用语。西方人说话比较直率，对于自己的不

满意或受到的不公平待遇会明确的说出来，对于他人的责备与抱怨，

通常的反应是表示抱歉，有原因的会表明原因，因此选择 D 项。

33. —Hi, welcome back! Had a nice trip? ---欢迎回来，旅行还不

错吧？

—____________ ---噢，太棒了！每天都有新鲜的

空气和温暖的阳光。

A. Oh, fantastic! Fresh air, and sunshine every day.

B. Come on, I’ve got lots of fun.

C. By the way, I don’t like Saturdays.

D. Well, I’ll look forward to your phone call.


答案：A

解析：谈论旅行的一组表达。问句是在询问旅行怎么样？大语应为对

旅行的描述，答案为 A 项。B 项中的 Come on.是鼓励他人一起进行

的意思，C 项，D 项不符合语境。

34. —Haven’t seen you for ages! What are you busy doing now? ---

好几年不见了，最近都在忙什么呢？

—____________ ---我现在

在一家书店兼职。

A. I hate the weather here.

B. My hair is getting a bit longer.


18 / 342

C. Yeah, thanks for coming.

D. I am working part time in a bookshop, you know.


答案：D

解析：见面打招呼用语。问句是在询问对方在忙什么，答语 D 项符

合语境。A 项在谈论天气，意为“我讨厌这儿的天气。”B 项意为“我

的头发长了一点。”C 项意为“谢谢你的到来。”

35. —Marilyn, I’m afraid I have to be leaving now. ---玛琳，我恐怕

现在不得不走了。

—____________ ---噢，那么早？

A. That sounds wonderful. B. Oh, so early?

C. Not at all. D. Good luck!

知识点：道别用语

答案：B

解析：考查表告别的交际用语。问句为委婉的告别词，答语也应比较

委婉，B 项符合语境。A 项意为“这听上去不错”，对他人的告别直

接表达出高兴的态度无论在中方还是西方都是不礼貌的，不符合语

境。C 项意为“一点也不”。D 项是表示祝愿的句子，意为“祝你好

运。”

36-40: BBACA

36. — May I use your bike for a moment? 你的自行车我可以用一会

吗？


19 / 342

— _______

A. It’s well. B. It doesn’t matter.

C. By all means. D. I have no idea.


答案：B

解析：考查表请求的交际用语。问句为请求借自行车。答语为同意或

不同意。A 项意为“它很好”，不符合语境。B 项意为：没关系，可

以用。C 项意为：尽力。D 项意为：不知道。B 项为正确答案。

37. — How do you do? Glad to meet you. 你好，很高兴认识你。

— _______ 你好，我也很高兴认识你。

A. Fine. How are you? B. How do you do? Glad to

meet you, too.

C. How are you? Thank you! D. Nice. How are you?


答案：B

解析：对基本的问候语的考查。人们初次见面时打招呼用：How do you

do？回答应为 How do you do. 或者 Glad/Nice to meet you. 回答应

为：Glad/Nice to meet you, too.选择 B 项。

38. — Hi, is Mary there, please? 请问，Mary 在吗？

— _______ 别挂断，我去叫她。

A. Hold on. I’ll get her. B. No, she isn’t here.

C. Yes, she lives here. D. Yes, what do you want?


20 / 342


答案：A

解析：考查电话用语。接电话时如果是本人接电话，可以用如下表达：

This is Mary speaking. /Yes, speaking. C, D 两项不是电话中习惯用语，

不符合语境。如果是代人接电话可以用如下表达： Hold on please./Just

a minute please. 然后叫人接电话： You are wanted on the phone.

/That’s a call for you.或 Hold on I’ll get her. 因此选择 A 项。

39. — Would you mind changing seats with me? 你介意和我换个位置

吗？

— _______ 不介意。

A. Yes, you can. B. Of course, I like to.

C. No, I don’t mind. D. Certainly, please do.


答案：C

解析：这是表示请求、允许的交际用语。对 Would/Do you mind i…的

回答。回答时首先要根据情况回答“是否介意”。如果真的介意，要

委婉拒绝。不介意的答语：No, of course not./Certainly not. / No, go

ahead./No, I don’t mind.因此选择 C 项。

40. — Shall we sit up here on the grass or down there near the water?

我们在这儿的草地上坐呢还是去那儿的河边坐？

— _______

A. I’d rather stay here if you don’t mind. 如果你不介意，我想在


21 / 342

这儿坐。

B. Sorry, I don’t like neither.

C. Certainly, why not?

D. Yes, we like these two places.


答案：A

解析：考查征询意见的表达法。问句中的 or 表明是选择疑问句，在

sit up here on the grass 和 down there near the water,因此回答要给出你

选择的答案，因此选择 A 项。 I’d rather do…表示我宁愿……

41-45 BCACD

41. —____________. 你父母到巴黎呆了多久了？

—Well, they got there last Wednesday. So about a week. 他们上星期三

到那里的。呆了差不多一星期了。

A. When did your parents arrive at Paris?

B. How long have your parents been in Paris?

C. Did your parents arrive at Paris last Wednesday?

D. When will your parents go to Paris?


答案：B

解析：考查特殊疑问句询问时间的表达。答语中既有表示时间点的 last

Wednesday,和表示段时间的 So about a week. 但重点在 So about a

week.询问表示时间段的疑问词用 how long.对表示点时间的询问用


22 / 342

When 因此 A，D 项排除，C 项是一般疑问句，要用 Yes…或 No…回

答，也可排除。

42. —How often do you go dancing? 你多久去跳一次舞？

—____________ 每隔一天去一次。

A. I will go dancing tomorrow. B. Yesterday.

C. Every other day. D. I’ve been dancing for a year.


答案：C

解析：考查询问时间日期的交际用语。问句中 How often…用来提问

某动作或状态发生的频率，“一段时间内发生了几次活动，多久做一

次。”回答也用表示频度的词和短语。

43. —Hello, may I talk to the director now? 你好，我现在可以和导

演谈谈吗？

—____________ 很抱歉，他现在很忙。

A. Sorry, he is busy at the moment. B. No, you can’t.

C. Sorry, you can’t D. I don’t know.


答案：A

解析：考查拒绝他人的表达法。拒绝他人时要表示歉意，并说明原因。

A 项是最佳答案。

44. —How about going to dinner at the Mexican restaurant tonight?

今晚去墨西哥餐厅吃饭怎么样？


23 / 342

—____________ 太好

了！

A. Forget it. B. Sorry, I like Mexican food.

C. That’s great! D. Glad you like it.


答案：C

解析：考查表示约会的用语。对方邀请去墨西哥餐厅吃饭，答语应表

示赞同或不同意并说明原因，选择 C 项。A 项意为“不用放在心上，

没关系”是对他人道歉的回答。B 项与问句形成矛盾，D 项不符合语

境。

45. —Madam, do all the buses go downtown? 女士，请问，是不是

所有的公交车都开往市区？

—____________ 对不起，我也不是本地人。

A. Wow, you got the idea. B. No, never mind.

C. Pretty well, I guess. D. Sorry, I’m new here.


答案：D

解析：考查问路的交际用语。A 项意为“哇，你想明白了。”B 项是

对他人表示歉意的回答。C 项“意为我认为非常好。”D 项表示自己

也不熟悉路，并表明了歉意，为正确答案

第二部分：1—45 题


24 / 342

1．-___________？

-He's a tall man with short hair.

A. How is he B. What does he like

C. What is he D. What does he look like

他长什么样？他是个高个子短头发。

知识点：一般疑问句

答案：D

解析：这几个选项很容易混淆。A 项 How is he?意为“他怎么样了？”

how 用以询问某人健康或有关某人的消息。B 项是询问他喜欢什么东

西。C项What is he?是询问职业。D项中 look like表示“看起来像……”

What does he look like？意为“他看上去什么样？”

2．How much is that meat, please?

-

A. Ten o'clock. B. Ten yuan a kilo. C. I like it very much. D. I

don't like.

请问那块肉多少钱？10 块钱一公斤


答案：B

解析：考查购物用语。How much 表询问价格。因此选择 B 项。kilo

是千克，公斤的意思。


25 / 342

3．-- Would you like to go to the concert with us this evening?

______

A. No, I already have plans. B. I'd love to, but I'm busy tonight.

C. No, I really don't like being with you. D. I'm ill, so I shouldn't go out.

今晚你愿意跟我一起听演唱会吗？我很想去，但是今天晚上我很忙。


答案：B

解析：考查邀请的用语。他人邀请参加活动时，如不能参加，也要表

明自己很想去，并说明不能去的原因，因此选择 B 项。A,C,D 项不

符合交际习惯。

4．- When are you going on holiday?

______

A. Last night. B. Next week. C. By plane. D. With my brother.

你什么时候去度假？下周


答案：B

解析：考查询问计划的交际用语。be going to 意为“打算去……”表

示将来时态，when 是对时间提问的疑问词，因此选择 B 项。

5.- What do you do?

______


26 / 342

A. What do you do? B. Fine, thank you.

C. I'm a college student. D. I do well in my studies.

你是做什么的？我是一名大学生。


答案：C

解析：考查询问职业的表达。What do you do?表示询问职业，意为“你

是做什么的？”选择 C 项。A 项是和 How do you do 混淆了。How do

you do?表示打招呼时，回答也用 How do you do. B 项也是表问候的交

际用语。D 项意为“我学习成绩很好。”

Key：DBBBC

6.- This is a challenging job. Who wants it?

______

A. I’ll take it. B. It’s a good idea. C. You bet! D. No sweat!

这是很有挑战性的工作，谁愿意接下？

我愿意接下它


答案：A

解析：A 项中的 take 在这里意为“接受”。B 项意为“这是个好主意”。

C 项意为“当然了，肯定的”，D 项意为“不费力地，没问题。”

7.- Excuse me, could you tell me the time?


27 / 342

-

A. You'd better buy a watch. B. It's three thirty by my watch.

C. Can you see the clock? D. It's late I think.

打搅了，你能告诉我几点吗？我手表看是 3 点了


答案：B

解析：询问时间的交际用法。问句为询问时间，答语应为表示时间的

词。B 项 three thirty 意为“3 点半”，by my watch 意为“根据我的手

表”。

8.- Welcome to United International. I hope you will enjoy your work

here.

_____

A. I can earn a lot. B. Is this a good firm?

C. I am sure I will. D. You are very kind.

欢迎来到国际公司，我希望你会喜欢你的工作。

我肯定我会喜欢

知识点：祝福/祝愿用语

答案：C

解析：考查表示希望与祝愿的交际用语。Hope 表示希望，多用语指

对好事的盼望，预想，一般指将来或现在的事情，因此句子及回答

用的将来时态。


28 / 342

9. _____

-You too!

A. Merry Christmas! B. What a beautiful day!

C. Help yourself! D. It's very kind of you!

圣诞快乐！你也圣诞快乐！


答案：A

解析：考查表示祝愿的交际用语。A 项表示圣诞快乐，别人祝你圣诞

快乐时，也用同样祝福对方，选择 A 项。B 项意为“今天的天气多好

啊”，C 项意为“请自便”，是主人对客人说的话。D 项意为“你太

好了。”别人对你表示赞扬时，答语应为表示感谢的表达。

10． Hello, I'm David Chen. Nice to meet you.你好，

_____

A. Are you? B. Nice to meet you too. C. Yes. D. Very nice.

我是陈大卫，很高兴认识你！我也很高兴认识你


答案：B

解析：考查问候语。初次见面时，打招呼可以用 Nice to meet you.意

为“很高兴认识你”，回答应为 Nice to meet you too.

Key：ABCAB


29 / 342

11-let me introduce myself. I am Tom.

- .

A What a pleasure B It's pleasure. C I'm very pleased D Pleased to meet

you

自我介绍下，我是汤姆！很高兴认识你


答案：D

解析：考查见面的问候语。首次见面时，当对方介绍完自己，另一个

要表达很高兴认识对方的意思，因此选择 D 项。前三项的表达不全

面，只表达出高兴的意思，应该指出见到对方，认识对方很高兴。

12 -I hope you have a most happy new year!

_____

A You are welcome! B How smart you are! C The same to you! D Nice

going!

我祝你新年快乐

也同样祝福你


答案：C

解析：考查表示祝愿及其答语。他人向你表达新年祝福，符合习惯的

做法是也要同样祝福对方，选择 C 项。A 项意为“不用谢”，B 项意


30 / 342

为“你是多么聪明啊”，D 项意为“干得好”。

13．–Could I use your bike for a moment?

---.

A. It's well. B. It doesn't matter. C. By all means. D.I have no idea.

我可以用一会你的自行车吗？

可以的


答案：C

解析：考查请求他人帮助的交际用语。对方向你借自行车，表示同意

选择 C 项，意为“一定的，当然”。A 项意为“它很好”，B 项意为

“没关系”，D 项意为“不知道”。

14．—I'm sorry to trouble you. Can I borrow a pen, please?

---________________

A Yes, you can B Certainly! It is here

C She's welcome D Thank you

很抱歉打搅您，我能借用下您的笔吗？ --.当然！

在这儿


答案：B

解析：考查请求他人帮助的交际用语。对方向你借钢笔，表示同意借


31 / 342

选择 B 项，向他人借东西时期望得到的是借到的物品而不仅仅是同

意。要仔细领会语境的含义。

15．-I was born in Boston, but I studied in New York. ___________？

-I was born in New York, but studied in Boston.

A What do you do B And you

C Where were you D Do you

我出生在波士顿，但在纽约上学，你呢。

我出生在纽约，在波士顿上学。


答案：B

解析：这是介绍个人情况的一组对话。对话中涉及了出生和学习的地

方。A 项是询问职业的问句，B 项意为“你的情况呢？”为正确答案，

C 项意为“你在哪？”对话涉及了两个地点，D 项意为“你愿意吗”。

Key:DCCBB

16。—Happy birthday to you!

_________________

A Happy birthday to you! B I am very glad. C That's all right. D Thank

you.

生日快乐！_谢谢

知识点：祝福用语


32 / 342

答案：D

解析：考查表祝愿的表达。对方祝你生日快乐时要表示谢谢，选择 D

项。

17．-Can I help you?

A OK, I'll take it B That's good C Yes, I'd like a sweater D It's too dear

能为您效劳吗？是的，我想要一件毛衣

知识点：购物用语。

答案：C

解析：考查购物用语。在购物时，售货员常常询问“Can I help you?”

买东西的人可直接说出自己的需求，C 项符合语境。

18 --This week, I will travel to Japan.

--____________。

A Have a good time! B Let me go with you C Do you have money? D

Don't joke

这个星期，我将去日本旅游。玩的高兴点


答案：A

解析：考查表示祝愿的交际用语。对去旅游的人表示祝愿选择 A 项，

意为“祝你玩得开心”B 项意为“让我和你一起去吧”，C 项意为“你


33 / 342

有钱吗？”，D 项意为“别开玩笑了”，这三项都不符合交际习惯。

19.--What can I do for you?

--________ .

A.I want a kilo of pears. B. You can do in your own way.

C. Thanks D. Excuse me. I'm busy.

我有什么可以为你效劳的吗？我想要一公斤梨。

知识点：购物用语。

答案：A

解析：考查购物用语。购物时，售货员询问你的需求时，常用“What

can I do for you?”或“Can I help you?”购物者直接说出自己的需求

即可，选择 A 项。

20.- That's a beautiful cat. I wonder who it belongs to.

-_________

A. It belongs to the Browns. B. The cat is my favourite too.

C. Mind your own business. D. I can't say anything more.

这是一只美丽的猫，我不知道是谁的。它是布朗先生的。


答案：A

解析：这是一组日常对话，对方发现在询问猫是谁的。wonder 意为

“想知道”时，后接 who, what, why, where 等引导的宾语从句。A 项


34 / 342

符合语境。belong to 意为“属于”。

Key：DCAAA

21.-How could you say that?

- . I did not mean to hurt you.

A. Excuse me B.I won't regret C. I'm really sorry D. That's all right

你怎么能说出这样的话？我很抱歉，我不是故意要伤害你。


答案：C

解析：考查表示歉意的交际用语。Excuse me.意为“请问，劳驾，对

不起”，用来项不熟悉的人打听情况或提出请求，其实质是引人注意，

表示对不起时多为因为给他人造成的不便而表示的歉意。文中的对话

含义是说话伤害了他人，这是表示歉意选择 C 项。

22.- Good night and thanks again.

______

A. You can't say that. B. No, no. It's what I can do.

C. How can you say that. D. Good night.

晚安。再次感谢您。晚安


答案：D

解析：考查表示祝愿的表达。对方说晚安，并表示感谢。答语应为表


35 / 342

示晚安或不用谢，选择 D 项。A,B ,C 三项过于中国化的表达，不符

合语言习惯。

23.______？

-It's Friday.

A. What day is it? B. What's the date today?

C. What's the time? D. What time is it?

今天星期几？今天星期五


答案：A

解析：考查询问时间的表达。A 项是询问今天星期几？符合题意。B

项意为“今天几号”，回答应为月份加日期。C 项和 D 项是询问具体

时间，意为“现在几点了？”。

24.Has Alice had an accident?

.

A. I don't hope so B. I hope no

C. I hope not D. She didn't say to

爱丽丝出事了？没事。


答案：C

解析：这是一组谈论事故的对话。注意 hope 的用法，hope 一词意为


36 / 342

“希望”，多用用于对好事的盼望，预想。表示希望如此时，用“I hope

so.“其否定形式用”I hope not.“因此此题选择 C 项。

25.-- How are your parents?

______.。

A. I'm OK, thanks B. She is well, thanks

C. They are both fine, thanks D. He is well, thanks

你父母身体好吗？他们都很好，谢谢


答案：C

解析：考查问候语。对方向你的父母问好，询问你父母的情况，答语

要说明两人的情况并对询问表示感谢，选择 C 项。

Key:CDACC

26.-- How is your father today?

--______, thanks.

A. He is over forty B. He's a doctor

C. He's much better D. He's Brown

你爸爸今天怎么样？他很好，谢谢。


答案：C

解析：考查问候语。How is…是询问对方怎么样？多指身体健康方面。


37 / 342

选择 C 项。

27.-- It's nearly ten o'clock. It's time for you to go to bed, Kate!

-OK. ，Dad.好的，

A. See you later B. Good-bye

C. Good evening D. Good night

快 10 点了，到上床时间了， Kate.

晚安，爸爸。


答案：D

解析：考查祝福语。文中的语境为睡觉前父亲催促 Kate 睡觉，Kate

在睡觉前应说晚安，选择 D 项。A，B 两项是表示再见。C 项意为“晚

上好“。

28.—I'll fly to Shanghai on business next Friday.

______

A. That's very nice of you. B. I don't think so.

C. Can't you go? D. Have a good trip.

下周五我要去上海出差。祝你旅途愉快。


答案：D

解析：考查祝福语。对话的语境为一方要求上海出差，另一方表示祝


38 / 342

愿“旅途愉快“，选择 D 项。

29.--- The summer vacation is coming in a few days. I'll share the

holidays with my daughter by traveling.

-______ .

A. Congratulations! B. Nice to meet you!

C. Have a good trip! D. It's very kind of you.

暑假即将到来，我将陪伴我的女儿在这个假期去旅行。

祝你旅途愉快


答案：C

解析：考查祝福语。文中的对话涉及去旅行，另一方应祝福对方“旅

途愉快“，选择 C 项。A 项意为”祝贺，恭喜“，B 项是初次见面的

打招呼用语”很高兴见到你“，D 项意为”你人真是太好了“。

30.-Which sweater do you like better?

- .

A. Good idea B. Yes, it's nice C. Yes, please D. I can't decide

你觉得哪个毛衣更好？我无法决定。


答案：D

解析：考查购物用语。Which 是询问哪一个，表示选择 D 项符合语境，


39 / 342

意为“我无法决定“。

Key:CDDCD

31. --Could you help me with my physics, please?

--________________

A. No, no way.

B. No, I couldn’t.

C. No, I can’t

D. Sorry I can’t. I have to go to a meeting right now.

[答案]D。[解析] Could you …？用来表示请求帮助，如果愿意提供

帮助，则可以用表示当然可以意思的语句来回答，如：Sure，of course，

by all means，certainly, you may/can 等；如果不愿意，则可以说对不

起，接着解释理由。

句意：--您能帮助我学习物理吗？

--对不起，我帮不了你，我得马上去参加个会议。

32. -- What about going for a walk?

--__________________.

A. It’s good for you. B. That’s all right.

C. So, do I. D. Why not? A good idea.

[答案]C。[解析] What about doing…？是建议用语，意思是做什么怎


40 / 342

么样？如果同意别人的建议，可以回答：Why not？Sure，let’s go.

等；如果不同意，可以先说 sorry，然后解释理由。

句意：--去散步怎们样？

--为什么不？好主意。

33. --What can I do for you?

--____________________

A.I want a kilo of pears.B. You can do in your own way.

C. Thanks.D. Excuse me. I’m busy.

[答案]A。[解析]购物用语。What can I do for you?用来表示主动提供

帮助。如果需要，可以说出你的具体要求，如我想买条裤子；如果不

需要，可以先表示感谢，然后解释理由，如：Thanks. I’m just having

a look.

句意：--我能帮您忙吗？（您要点什么？）

--我要 1 公斤梨。

34. --Excuse me,but can you tell me the way to the post office?

--_____________.

A. Don ’t. ask that. B. Sorry, I’m a stranger here.

C. No, I can’t say that. D. No, you’re driving too fast.


41 / 342

[答案]B。[解析]Can you tell me the way to…?是问路用语，意思是到

什么地方怎么走，如果知道，直接告诉人家；如果不知道，可以先说

sorry，然后解释理由。

句意：--劳驾，问一下，到邮局怎么走？

--对不起，这儿我也不熟。

35. --Hello, may I talk to the director now?

--________________

A. Sorry, he is busy at the moment.B. No, you can’t.

C. Sorry, you can’t. D. I don’t know.

[答案]A。[解析]打电话用语。May I talk to …?的意思是“我想找……

接电话”，回答分肯定和否定两种，肯定回答可以说：Please hold on.

I’ll get him/her.；否定回答可以说：Sorry, s/he is not in at the moment.。

句意：--您好，我现在能和主任说几句话吗？

--不好意思，他这会儿忙着呢。

Key: CCABA

36. --How did John learn Japanese?

--_____

A. In the morning.B.Very well.


42 / 342

C. In the library.D.By taking a course.

【知识点】陈述句

【答案】D。

【解析】how 用来提问，表示如何做什么，回答须说明通过什么方式。

句意：--约翰是怎么学的日语？

--通过选课学习的。

37 --May I use your bike for a moment?

--________________________.

A. It’s well B. It doesn’t matter

C. By all means D. I have no idea

【知识点】请求用语

【答案】C。

【解析】May I 表示可不可以，如果可以就回答 Yes， of course.；如

果不可以，则可以先说 sorry，然后解释理由。by all means 意思是“当

然可以”。

句意--我能用一会儿你的自行车吗？

--当然可以。

38. –Can I have the bill please?

--____________________.

A. How much is it, Sir? B. Where is it, Sir?


43 / 342

C. Sure, here you are, Sir. D. OK, please look at it, Sir.

【知识点】就餐用语

【答案】B。

【解析】这时用餐付费时的用语。顾客说请给我账单好吗？很自然服

务生应该说，好吧，给您。其他选项都不符合表达习惯。

句意：--请把账单拿来好吗？（买单。）

--好的，先生，给您。

39. --This is the worst film ever produced. Do you think so?

--______________.

A. You’re wrong.B. I don’t think so, I’m afraid.

C. Not at all.D. No, that’s not real.

【知识点】征求意见用语

【答案】B。

【解析】 Do you think so?是一个一般疑问句，用于征求对前面陈述

句的意见。回答分两种，一种是同意陈述句的观点，可以说：Yes，I

think so too.；另一种是不同意前面的观点，可以说：I don’t think so,

I’m afraid.

句意：--这是生产过的最差的电影，你认为是这样的吗？

--恐怕我不这样认为。

40. --Sorry, I have kept you waiting.


44 / 342

--_____________.

A. That’s all right.B. I don’t care.

C. I’m sad.D. No, not at all.

【知识点】致歉用语

【答案】A。

【解析】致歉用语，意思是：对不起，让您久等了。这样的语句一般

都会用表示没关系的语句来回答，如：It doesn’t matter. That’s all right.

It’s Ok. 等。

句意：--对不起，让你久等了。

--没关系的。

Key: DCBBA

41. --Would you like to have dinner with me this Saturday, Mr. Wang?

--________

A. Oh, no. Let’s not. B. I’d rather stay at home.

C. I’d love to, but I have a meeting that day. D. Thank you.

【知识点】邀请用语

【答案】C。【解析】邀请用语。Would you like to …?的意思是“愿

意跟我一起做……吗？”如果可以就说：Sure, thanks;如果去不了，

得委婉拒绝，先说谢谢，然后解释理由。


45 / 342

句意：--王先生，这个周六和我们一起用餐，好吗？

--我很想去，但是那天我有个会。

42. --Excuse me, is there a park here?

--______________

--Thank you all the same.

A. I don’t want to tell you. B. Yes, there is.

C. No, there isn’t. D. Sorry, I don’t know.

【知识点】问询用语

【答案】D。【解析】问询用语。第二答语的意思是尽管如此，还是

要谢谢您，说明第一答语未给出答案，因此，选项 D 既符合要求又

符合逻辑。

句意：--劳驾，麻烦问一下这里有个公园吗？

--对不起，我不知道。

--尽管如此，还是要谢谢您。

43. -- Mike, I am going to ski in the mountains tomorrow.

--Oh, really? _____

A. Good luck. B. Thank you.

C. Have a good time. D. Congratulations.

【知识点】祝愿用语

【答案】C。【解析】祝愿用语。当听到别人说要出行，一般都要表


46 / 342

示良好的祝愿。

句意：--迈克，我明天要去山里滑雪。

--祝你玩得愉快！

44. --I am sorry for what I have said to you.

--_____________

A. Don’t think any more about it. B. No problem.

C. It’s just too bad. D. I’m sure about that.

【知识点】道歉用语

【答案】A。【解析】致歉用语一般都会用表示没关系的语句来回答，

如：It doesn't matter.That's all right.Never mind. Forget it.等，选项 A 的

意思是别再想了，意为没关系。

句意：--我为对您说过的话表示歉意。

--别再想这事了。

45. --I wonder if I could use your dictionary?

--Sure. _____

A. Go on. B. Here you are.

C. Go up. D. Here are you.

【知识点】征求意见用语

【答案】B。【解析】征求意见用语。I wonder if I could 就等于 could

I，意思是可不可以，如果说可以就直接说，当然可以，给你，或者


47 / 342

用吧；如果不可以，先表示歉意，然后解释理由。

句意：--我能否用一下您的词典？

--当然可以，给您。

词汇与结构

第一部分：1—45 题

1-5 BAABC

1. Professor Smith promised to look ______ my paper, that is, to read it

carefully before the defense.

A. after B. over C. on D. into

史密斯教授已经答应帮我看一下我的论文，这就是说要在答辩前

在仔细看一下。

答案：B

知识点：look 短语辨析

解析:look after 照顾；look over 仔细查看；look on 旁观；look into 深

入调查，研究。综上，选 B 较合适。

2. Our house is about a mile from the railway station and there are not

many houses ______.

A. in between B. far apart C. among them D.

from each other

我们家离火车站大概一英里左右，而且中间房子不多。

答案：A


48 / 342

知识点：同义词：短语形式相异，意义相近

解析：in between 在中间；far apart 相距，分离；among them 在•••

•••之中（强调三者或三者以上）；D 项说法不存在。选 A。

3. As the bus came round the corner, it ran ______ a big tree by the

roadside.

A. into B. on C. over D. up

汽车开到转角时撞到了路边的一棵大树。

答案：A

知识点：run 短语辨析

解析：run into 撞上。run on 继续；滔滔不绝地讲。Run over 撞倒（压

过身体的某部分）。Run up 升起；使••••••快速增长。选 A 较合适。

4. When Lily came home at 5 p.m. yesterday, her mother ______ dinner

in the kitchen.

A. cooked B. was cooking C. cooks D. has

cooked

莉莉昨天五点钟回家时，她妈妈正在厨房里做晚饭。

答案：B

知识点：过去进行时用法

解析：本题强调的是过去进行时的用法：在过去的某个时间点上发生

的事。“Lily 昨天五点到家时”指的就是一个时间点，所以用过去

进行时，选 B。

5. Did you notice the guy ______ head looked like a big potato?


49 / 342

A. who B. which C. whose D. whom

你注意到那个头看上去像个大土豆得家伙吗？

答案：C

知识点：定语从句中先行词用法

解析：定语从句中“谁的”用 whose。

6-10 ABABC

6. I don’t know the park, but it’s ______ to be quite beautiful.

A. said B. told C. spoken D. talked

我不了解这公园，但据说很美。

答案：A

知识点：固定搭配

解析：It is said to be ……据说。这是一个固定搭配。

7. Mike is better than Peter ______ swimming.

A. for B. at C. on D. in

Mike 比 Peter 更擅长游泳。

答案：B


解析：be better than sb. at sth. 在••••••方面比某人好

8. The young lady coming over to us ______ our English teacher; the

way she walks tells us that!

A. must be B. can be C. would be D. could

be


50 / 342

那个正朝我们走来的年轻女子肯定是我们的英语老师；她走路的

样子就告诉我们了。

答案：A

知识点：情态动词辨析

解析：must be 一定，绝对是。表示确信，一定以及肯定。Can be 和

could be 表示的是可能性，其中 could 的说法更委婉些。Would be 是

虚拟语气的用法，在这儿没意义。

9. Had you come five minutes earlier, you ______ the train to

Birmingham. But now you missed it.

A. would catch B. would have caught C. could catch D.

should catch

要是你早来五分钟，你就能赶上那班去伯明翰的火车了。但现在

你错过了。

答案：B

知识点：虚拟语气用法

解析：对过去的虚拟，用 would have done。

10. Eggs, though rich in nourishments, have ______ of fat.

A. a large number B. the large number

C. a large amount D. the large amount

尽管鸡蛋营养丰富，但它含有大量的脂肪。

答案：C

知识点：a large number of 和 a large amount of 的用法辨析


51 / 342

解析：a large number of 形容的是可数名词；a large amount of 形容不

可数名词。选 C。

11-15 CA BCD

11. The atmosphere ______ certain gases mixed together in definite

proportions.

A. composes of B. is made up C. consists of D.

makes up of

大气是由多种气体以一定的比例混合而成的。

答案：C

知识点：同义词：短语形式相异，意义相近

解析：由••••••组成：compose sth. ; be made up of sth. ; consist of

sth. 。对比各选项，仅 C 合适。

12. Neither John ______ his father was able to wake up early enough

to catch the morning train.

A. nor B. or C. but D. and

约翰和他父亲都没能早点起来赶上早班火车。

答案：A


解析：neither…nor… 既不••••••也不••••••

13. The girl is ______ of a film star.

A. somebody B. something C. anybody D.

anyone


52 / 342

这个女孩有点像一位电影明星。

答案：B


解析：be something of 有几分像

14. Jane’s dress is similar in design ______ her sister’s. 简的裙子

和她妹妹的在设计上很相似。

A. like B. with C. to D. as

答案：C


解析：be similar to 与••••••相似。题中 in design 是插入语，可以放

句子最后，变成：Jane’s dress is similar to her sister’s in design。

15. His salary as a driver is much higher than ______.

A. a porter B. is a porter C. as a porter D. that of a

porter

他当司机的薪水比当搬运工的薪水要高的多。

答案：D

知识点：比较级中比较对象的辨析

解析：比较级中首先要弄清楚比较的对象。题中比较的是 salary，而

不是 driver or porter；that 代指上文中提到的 salary，选 D。

16-20: DCACD

16. It’s time we _______ the lecture because everybody has arrived.

A. will start B. shall start C. start D. started


53 / 342

大家都到了，我们该开始讲课了。

答案：D

知识点:固定搭配

解析：it is time sb. did sth. 等同于 it is time to do sth.，是时候做某事

了

17. _______ these honors he received a sum of money.

A. Except B. But C. Besides D. Outside

除了这些荣誉外，他还得到了一笔钱。

答案：C

知识点：同义词：词语词形相异，词义相近

解析：except 和 but 指“除••••••以外（不包括它后面接的内容）；

而 besides 也是“除••••••以外”，但它包括后面跟的内容。

18. Would you let _______ to the park with my classmate, Mum?

A. me go B. me going C. I go D. I going

妈妈，让我和同学一起去公园好吗？

答案：A


解析：let sb. do sth. 让某人做某事。

19. Therefore, other things _________ equal, the number of workers that

employers want decreases.

A. is B. are C. being D. having

因此，其他方面都平等，但雇主需要的工人减少了。


54 / 342

答案：C

知识点：独立主格用法

解析：插入语。一句话中只能出现一个动词，该句中在最后已经出现

了 decrease，所以前面 things 之后只能用现在分词的形式，即-ing。

20. I have been looking forward to _______ from my parents.

A. hear B. being heard C. be heard D.

hearing

我一直盼望着收到父母的来信。

答案：D


解析：look forward to doing sth. 期盼••••••。并且，hear from 收到

••••••的来信。

21-25: DDAAA

21. The manager will not _______ us to use his car. 经理不准我们用他

的车。

A. have B. let C. agree D. allow

答案：D


解析：let sb. do 让某人做••••••。agree to do sth. 或 agree with sb.，

但没有 agree sb. to do sth. 的用法。Allow sb. to do sth. 允许某人做某

事。选 D。

22. _______ her and then try to copy what she does. 留心观察，然后照


55 / 342

她的样子做。

A. Mind B. See C. Stare at D. Watch

答案：D


解析：mind 介意；See 看；stare at 凝视；watch 仔细观察。选 D。

23. Will you _______ me a favor, please? 你愿意帮我个忙吗？

A. do B. make C. bring D.

give

答案：A


解析：do sb. a favor 助某人一臂之力。

24. It’s bad _______ for you to smoke in the public places where

smoking is not allowed.

对你来说在禁止吸烟的公共场所吸烟是一个坏的举止行为。

A. behavior B. action C. manner D.

movement

答案：A


解析：behavior 指的是某种行为；action 更偏向于为解决某个问题或

困难采取的行动；manner 则指人的举止是优雅或粗鲁等；movement

指人的动作。选 A。

25. — It’s a good idea. But who’s going to _______ the plan? 这是个


56 / 342

好主意。但谁去执行这个计划呢？

— I think John and Peter will. 我认为约翰和比德可以去执行这个

计划。

A. carry out B. get through C. take in D. set

aside

答案：A

知识点：词组辨析：不同形不同意

解析：carry out 执行（计划等）。get through 穿过；达到目的的。

Take in 吸收；领会；使上当。Set aside 将••••••放置一边，不理会。

26-30: DCADB

26. Two days is not enough for him to finish the work. He needs _______

day.

两天时间他完成不了这项工作，还需要一天。

A. other B. the other C. the third D. a third

答案：D

知识点：冠词用法

解析：根据题意，“他还需要一天”，没有确指哪一天，所以用 a 而

不用 the。

27. The red flower goes from one to _______ in the class.

A. the other B. others C. another D. other

教室里，红花从一个人传到另一个人。

答案：C


57 / 342

知识点：other 和 another 用法辨析

解析：根据常识，教室里人不止两个，先把 A 排除。From one to another

从一个到另一个（大于两个）。

28. The computer system _______ suddenly while he was searching for

information on the Internet.

A. broke down B. broke out C. broke up D.

broke in

在他上网查找资料的时候计算机系统突然瘫痪。

答案：A

知识点：break 短语辨析

解析：break down 发生故障。break out 爆发。break up 使破裂。break

in 插嘴；突然闯入

29. There’s lots of fruit _______ the tree. Our little cat is also in the tree.

A. in B. at C. under D. on

树上长了许多果实。我们的小猫也在树上。

答案：D

知识点：in 和 on 辨析

解析：树上长的东西用 on；本身不长在树上但是所在位置在树上的，

用 in。

30. How can he _______ if he is not _______?

A. listen; hearing B. hear; listening C. be listening; heard D. be


58 / 342

hearing; listened to

他不听怎么能听到呢？

答案：B

知识点：hear 和 listen 辨析

解析：hear 表示听进去了，而 listen 只是表示听这样的动作。

31-35: CBAAD

31. The students were all entertained in a Mexican restaurant, at

Professor Brian’s ______.

A. money B. pay C. expense D. loss

布朗教授在一家墨西哥餐厅请学生吃饭。

答案：C


解析：at one’s expense 由某人付钱。Be at a loss 某人困惑。选 C。

32. Tom, what did you do with my documents? I have never seen

such a ______ and disorder!

A. mass B. mess C. guess D. bus

汤姆，你拿你的文件在干什么？我从来没见到这么乱过。

答案：B

知识点：词语辨析：词语词形相异，词义相异

解析：mass 大量，大批。Mess 混乱，如：such a mess ，是“一团

糟”的意思。Guess 猜测。Bus 公共汽车。选 B。

33. If she wants to stay thin, she must make a ______ in her diet.


59 / 342

A. change B. turn C. run D. go

如果她想保持身材苗条，就必须在饮食有所改变。

答案：A

知识点：词组辨析：不同形，不同义

解析：make a change in sth. 在••••••方面做出改变。Make a turn 转

弯，与题意不符。Make a run 得一分。Make a go of 成功地打倒某目

标。此题选 A。

34. ______ the War of Independence, the United States was an

English colony.

A. Before B. At C. In D. Between

在独立战争以前，美国时英国的一个殖民地。

答案：A

知识点：时间状语用法

解析：before 在••••••之前。At 在某个时间点上。In 通常指未来的

某个时刻。Between 在两个时间点中间。根据题意，选 A 较合适。

35. No matter ______, the little sisters managed to round the sheep up

and drive them back home safely.

A. it was snowing hard B. hard it was snowing

C. how it was snowing hard D. how hard it was snowing

不管雪下的多大，两个小姐妹还是安全地把羊拢起来赶回了家。

答案：D

知识点：no matter 用法


60 / 342

解析：no matter how 或 no matter what 是固定用法，意思都是“无论

怎样都”。How 后面接形容词或副词，what 后面接名词。综上，选

D。

36-40: ABCAC

36 A police officer claimed that the young man had attempted to _______

paying his fare.

A. avoid B. reject C. refuse D.

neglect

警官说这个年轻人试图拒付费用。

答案：A


解析：avoid 指试图避免，较委婉，程度较轻；reject 和 refuse 都是拒

绝的意思，程度较重，与文中 attempt“试图”不合适；neglect 则是

“忽视”的意思，与题意不符。选 A。

37. While I was in the university, I learned taking a photo, _______ is

very useful now for me.

A. it B. which C. that D. what

我在大学里学会了照相，现在对我很有用。

答案：B

知识点：定语从句先行词用法

解析：定语从句中，物的先行词用 which或 that，人则用who 或whom。

形容物时，如先行词前面有逗号，称为非限制性定语从句，先行词用


61 / 342

which。

38. This kind of material expands _______ the temperature increasing.

A. to B. for C. with D. at

这种材料随温度的提高而膨胀。

答案：C

知识点：介词用法辨析

解析：“随着”通常是用两个介词，with 和 as。区别在于，with 后面

接词组或-ing，as 后面接句子。

39. People at the party worried about him, because no one was aware

_______ he had gone.

A. of where B. of the place where C. where D. the

place

晚会上的人都为他担忧，因为没人知道他去哪儿了。

答案：A

知识点：口语用法

解析：首先，be aware of 是固定短语，排除 CD 两项。这句是偏口语

的用法，这从第一句中 worried 前面省略了动词就可以看出。因此，

of 后面没必要加上 the place，省略即可。

40. A sudden noise of a fire-engine made him _______ to the door.

A. hurrying B. hurried C. hurry D. to

hurry

火警的突然响起使他匆忙走到门口。


62 / 342

答案：C


解析：make sb. do 让某人做某事

41-45: DCCCD

41. On average, a successful lawyer has to talk to several ______ a

day.

一般一个成功的律师一天要接待好几个委托人。

A. customers B. supporters C. guests D.

clients

答案：D


解析：customer 指购买东西的顾客；supporter 指支持者，支持某项

方案或计划的人；guest 宾客的意思，指盛大活动或庆典等的受邀而

来的人；client 指客户，或诉讼案件的委托人。根据题意，选 D。

42. What is the train _____ to Birmingham?

到伯明翰的火车票多少钱？

A. fee B. tip C. fare D. cost

答案：C


解析：fee 指付给专业人员的工作酬金，服务费等；tip 指付给别人

的小费；fare 指票价；cost 指成本，花费等。根据题意，选 C。

43. You shouldn’t ______ your time like that, Bob; you have to finish


63 / 342

your school work tonight.

鲍勃，你不该那样浪费时间；你今晚得完成学校得作业。

A. cut B. do C. kill D. kick

答案：C


解析：kill time 是固定搭配，意为浪费时间，消磨时间。

44. Both the kids and their parents ______ English, I think. I know it

from their accent.

我想，这些孩子和他们的父母都是英格兰人。从他们的口音我可

以知道。

A. is B. been C. are D. was

答案：C

知识点：动词单复数用法

解析：both …and …后面接动词，动词要根据 both 和 and 接的名词

总数来确定单复数。此题中，both 接的 kids 是复数，and 后面的 parents

也是复数，综合之后，动词必定是复数形式。选 C。

45. Never before ______ see such a terrible car accident on the road!

我从来没有看到过这么恐怖的一起交通事故。

A. I have B. have I C. I did D. did

I

答案：D

知识点：部分倒装的用法


64 / 342

解析：否定词放在句首要采用部分倒装，即助动词放在主语的前面，

其他顺序不变。

第二部分：1—55 题

1. He is such an expert on machine repairing that his ears are highly

_____ to any unusual sound in the machine.

A. sensible B. sensitive

C. senseless D. sensational

正确答案：B

题目解析：根据句子意思，应该填表示灵敏的形容词，sensible 明智

的，sensitive 敏感的，senseless 无感觉的，sensational 使人感动的，

所以正确答案选 B。

2. The reason I plan to go is _____if I don't.

A. because she will be disappointed B. that she will be

disappointed

C. because she will have a disappointed D. on account of her being

disappointed

正确答案：B

题目解析： the reason…that 是固定搭配，其它的都不正确，所以正

确答案为 B。


65 / 342

3. When he was questioned about the missing ring, he firmly _____ that

he had ever seen it.

A. declared B. refused

C. rejected D. denied

正确答案：D

题目解析：当他被问到这个丢失的戒指时，他坚决的否认自己见过它。

根据句子意思应该填表示否认的单词，正确答案选 D。

4. I had intended _____ him while he was in trouble during those years,

but I couldn't get in touch with him.

A. to help B. helping

C. to have helped D. having helped

正确答案：A

题目解析： intend to do 为固定用法，根据句子意思，这里不能接完

成时态只能用动词原型。正确答案选 A。

5. I wish everybody _____ the meeting tomorrow .

A. will attend B. would attend

C. had attended D. is going to attend

正确答案：B

题目解析： wish 后的宾语从句用虚拟语气，当表示与将来的希望相


66 / 342

反时，从句中的谓语动词用"could／would+动词原形"。

6. Joe is not good at sports, but when it comes _____ math, he is the best

in the class.

A. to B. over

C. out D. down

正确答案：A

题目解析：come to 转到、想起，come over 过来，come out 长出，come

down 下来，所以根据题意正确答案为 A 乔不擅长运动，但是如果说

道数学，他是班里最棒的。

7. _____ his sister, Jack is quiet and does not easily make friends with

others.

A. Dislike B. Unlike

C. Alike D. Liking

正确答案：B

题目解析： dislike 不喜欢，unlike 不像，alike 相似的，liking 爱好，

所以根据题意正确答案为 B。

8. I was brought _____ in a small town.

A. in B. together

C. up D. under


67 / 342

正确答案：C

题目解析： bring in生产，bring together集合，bring up培养，bring under

镇压，所以正确答案为 C：我在一个小城镇被培养长大。

9. Neither of the young men who had applied for a position in the

university _____.

A. has been accepted B. have been accepted

C. was accepted D. were accepted

正确答案：C

题目解析：在这所大学申请职位的年轻人没有一个被接受的。是对过

去的一件事情的陈述，所以用过去时态，又因为 Neither 表示单数，

所以正确答案为 C。

10. He _____ to me last week.

A. is writing B. writes

C. wrote D. is written

正确答案：C

题目解析： "last week"表示上一个星期，所以句子为过去时态，正确

答案为 C。

11. I have kept that portrait _____I can see it every day, as it always

reminds me of my university days in London.


68 / 342

A. whicd B. where

C. whether D. when

正确答案：B

题目解析：由于句子中缺少一个地点状语，所以需用 where 来引导，

正确答案为 B。

12. We consider _____ the instrument should be adjusted each time it is

used.

A. that it necessary B. necessary that

C. it necessary that D. necessary of it that

正确答案：C

题目解析：

译文：我们认为这是很有必要的，在每次使用时都要对工具进行调适。

it 作为形式主语，代替后面的 the instrument should be adjusted each

time it is used 从句，只有 C 符合格式语法通顺，所以正确答案为 C。

13. _____ riding to school, Mary usually goes to school on foot.

A. Without B. Rather than

C. Instead of D. In spite of

正确答案：C

题目解析：


69 / 342

解析：without 没有，rather than 胜于，instead of 代替，相对于，in spite

of 尽管，根据题意正确答案为 C：相对于骑车去学校，玛丽通常是走

去的。

14. "I have shown you how to do this before," she said, unable to disguise

her _____.

A. dislike B. impatience

C. haste D. hopelessness

正确答案：B

题目解析： dislike 不喜欢， impatience 没有耐心，haste 匆忙，

hopelessness 绝望的，根据题意正确答案为 B：我之前已经告诉过你

如果做了她无法掩盖住不耐烦地说。

15. They learned the same things, so they could help _____ with their

homework and talk about it.

A. others B. one another

C. another D. the other

正确答案：B

题目解析： one another 表示"两者以上其中的另外一个"，"the other"

表示"两者中的另一个"，所以根据题意正确答案为 B。

16. These are common materials _____ we are all familiar.


70 / 342

A. about which B. of which

C. with which D. to which

正确答案：C

题目解析：这些是我们都很熟悉的一种普通的物质。由于 be familiar

with 是固定搭配，所以正确答案为 C。

17. We can obtain knowledge from other sources _____ books.

A. beside B. besides

C. apart D. except

正确答案：B

题目解析：主要区别 besides 和 except，前者表示除了……还有……，

后者表（排）除了……其他的，所以根据题意，正确答案为 B。

18. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west, so it seems as if the

sun_____ round the earth.

A. circles B. is circling

C. be circling D. were circling

正确答案：D

题目解析：太阳从东边升起从西边落下，就好像太阳绕地球转了一圈

一样。it seems as if 对于一种客观事实的虚拟，用 were doing，所以正

确答案为 D。


71 / 342

19. Although the town had been attacked by the storm several times,

_____ done.

A. a few damages were B. few damages were

C. little damages was D. a little damages was

正确答案：C

题目解析：虽然这座城镇被暴风雨袭击了许多次，但是只受了一点损

失。although 引导的句子表示转折，后半句要说明损失的微小，因为

damage 是不可数名次，并且 little 表示微乎其微，意思更加准确，所

以正确答案为 C。

20. He helped me _____ my homework.

A. with B. to

C. about D. of

正确答案：A

题目解析： help sb do /help sb do"帮助某人做某事"; help sb with sth"

帮助某人某事"，固定搭配，所以正确答案为 A。

21. _____some money, Jimmy was able to buy his mother a washing

machine.

A. To save B. Saving

C. Saved D. Having saved

正确答案：D


72 / 342

题目解析：因为存了些钱，吉米可以帮他妈妈买一台洗衣机了，根据

句子意思，这里应该用动名词做主语表示节省的状态，排除答案 A、

C，因为从句用的是过去时，所以答案 B 错误，正确答案选 D。

22. It's desired that she _____ to teach us at least twice a week.

A. comes B. will come

C. come D. may come

正确答案：C

题目解析：这是虚拟语句，后面的宾语从句修饰 desired，用虚拟语气

（即 Should+动词原形或只用动词原形）来表示愿望、建议、命令、

请求等，正确答案选 C。

23. The enemy troops _____ heavy losses in the battle.

A. suffered B. received

C. accepted D. met

正确答案：A

题目解析： suffer 遭受，receive 得到，accept 接收，meet 遇见，对

于战役中的惨重损失来说只有 suffer 可以承接，所以正确答案为 A。

24. _____ in the newspaper that the Minister will arrive here next Friday.

A. He is said B. It has said

C. It is said D. It says


73 / 342

正确答案：C

题目解析：强调句式，所以 it is (said)……that……。固定搭配，正确

答案为 C。

25. We are next-door _____.

A. neighborhoods B. neighbor

C. neighborhood D. neighbors

正确答案：D

题目解析： neighborhood"邻近、附近"，neighbor"邻居、邻国"，所

以正确答案为 D。

26. The weather in Harbin is quite different from in Hainan.

A. that B. it C. the one D. one

哈尔滨的天气和海南的不同

知识点：考查代词

答案：A

解析：它们均可作代词用，指代前文提到的名词。但是 it 所指是同

名同物，one 和 that 所指是同名异物。that 是特指，代替前面提到的

不可数名词或单数可数名词。代指前面提及的同类而非同一物，其复

数用 those，后面一般有后置定语，在这里代指 weather. it 是特指，代

替前面提到的那个特定的事物。the one 指代替人。

one 是泛指，指代前面提到的同类人或物（可数名词）中的一个，其


74 / 342

复数用 ones，前面一般有定语。

27. A computer can only do_________ you have instructed it to do.

A. how B. after C. what D. when

计算机只能做你指示它做的事

知识点：考查宾语从句

答案：C

解析：在复合句中用作宾语的从句叫做宾语从句，do 后面确实宾语，

因此选择连接词连接句子，并且连接词在从句中作 do 的宾语，选择

what.

28. She had to do, so she was free.

A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything

她没什么可做，因此她有空

知识点：考查代词

答案：C

解析：something 意为“一些事”，anything 意为“任何事”，nothing

意为“没有事情”，everything 意为“所有事”，后半句说明她有时

间，因此表示没有什么事情可做选择 nothing.

29. Some famous singers live on the from their record sales.

A. salary B. price C. bill D. income


75 / 342

歌手挣钱靠的是卖唱片的收入

知识点：考查名词词义

答案：D

解析：salary 意为“工资”，通常指按固定时间发放，price 意为“价

格”，bill 意为“账单”，income 意为“收入”，指挣来的总体收入，

根据句子意思，选择 income。

30. Fortunately, Jack was only slightly injured in the traffic .

A. incident B. event C. case D. accident

幸运的是，杰克在交通意外中只受了轻伤


答案：D

解析：incident 指（偶发的不太重要的）趣事，怪事，小事件，event

指事件，大事，通常指重大的历史事件或政治事变，也可作（体育运

动）比赛项目，case 指案例，情形，诉讼案等，accident 指意为事件，

事故，多指未曾预料或不希望发生的事件。此处交通事故用 accident。

31. I like sports and my brother.

A. so does B. so is C. so D. so like

我喜欢运动，我兄弟也喜欢。

知识点： so 的用法

答案：A


76 / 342

解析：so 表示“也是，也一样”的结构为 so+助动词/情态动词/be 动

词+主语，该句中 my brother 用助动词 does，选择 A 项。

32. Helen was seriously injured in a car_________.

A. incident B. accidentC. event D. matter

海伦在车祸中受了重伤


答案：B

解析：incident 指（偶发的不太重要的）趣事，怪事，小事件，accident

指意为事件，事故，多指未曾预料或不希望发生的事件。此处交通事

故用 accident, event 指事件，大事，通常指重大的历史事件或政治事

变，也可作（体育运动）比赛项目，matter 指事项，问题，课题，物

质等。

33. Picking apples was hard work, they really enjoyed it.

A. and B. so C. but D. or

摘苹果是件苦活，但他们都乐意去干

知识点：考查连词

答案：C

解析：and 意为“和”，连接两个分句表示并列关系，so 意为“因此”

连接分句时表示因果关系，but 意为“但是”表示转折关系，or 意为

“或者”，表示选择关系。句中这两个分句时转折关系，选择 C 项。


77 / 342

34. We often get when people cut in line.

A. annoying B. annoyed C. to annoy D. annoy

当别人插队的时候我们经常会生气

知识点：考查形容词

答案：B

解析：annoying 是形容词，意为“讨人厌的，恼人的”，形容事物，

事情，annoyed 也是形容词，意为“烦闷的，恼怒的”，可用来指人。

annoy 是动词，意为“惹恼，打搅”，get 后加形容词表示变得……，

选择 B 项。

35. This is the________ photo I have ever taken.

A. worse B.better C.best D.most

这是我曾经拍过的最好照片

知识点：形容词比较级与最高级

答案：C

解析：worse 是 bad ,ill 的比较级形式，better 是 good, well 的比较级形

式，best 是 good, well 的最高级形式，most 是 much，many 的最高级

形式，表示最好的照片是三者以上的比较用最高级形式，选择 C 项。

36 Professor Johnson comes from either Oxford or MIT, I can't

remember .


78 / 342

A where B there C which D that

约翰逊教授到底是从牛津还是麻省来的，我不记得是哪个了。

知识点：考查代词 which

答案：C

解析：where 表示地点，通常做状语，there 表示那里，which 表示哪

一个，前面给出选择的范围，可以做宾语，因此选择 C 项。that 指那

个，与题干不符。

37. Important his discovery was, it was regarded as a matter of no

account in his time.

A when B until C as D although

即便他的这个发现很重要，但这还是被当作是他的一生中不值得一提

的事情。

知识点：考查倒装

答案：C

解析：as 表示让步关系时，要用倒装，把表语，状语或动词原形，本

题是将做表语的形容词 important 提前了，因此可以推断出用 as 表示

让步关系。

38. It's to interrupt the others while they are talking.

A rough B rude C polite D troublesome

当别人在说话的时候去打断他们是很不礼貌的事情。


79 / 342

知识点：考查形容词词义

答案：B

解析：rough 意为“粗糙的，粗略的”，rude 意为“粗鲁的，无礼的”，

polite 意为“礼貌的”，troublesome 意为“麻烦的”，根据句意可以

知道选择 B 项。

39. When we write, we must write as as we can.

A careful B carefully C more careful D more carefully

当我们写的时候，我们必须像我们看的那样仔细认真的写。

知识点：考查 as…as

答案：B

解析：as+形容词和副词原级+as one can 表示“尽可能地”，修饰动

词 write 用副词 carefully。

40. This is the student I know will pass the TOEFL test.

A who B whom C whose Dwhat

这就是那个我知道的将要通过托福考试的学生。

知识点：考查定语从句

答案：A

解析：the student 是先行词，指人且在从句中作主语用 who 来引导，

注意空后面的 I know 是插入语。


80 / 342

41. The car accident happened at crossroads a few metres away

from______ bank.

A the;/ B/;a C/;the D the; the

这起车子交通事故发生在离河几米远的一个十字路口处。

知识点：考查冠词

答案：D

解析：定冠词 the 表示特指、专指、类指，表示名词的特定者，表示

“这”，“那”，“这些”，“那些”，用在可数名词单数、复数，

不可数名词前均可。句子中的那个路口和银行都是特指，因此选择 D

项。

42. Of all the students in our class, Betty writes .

A very carefully B most carefully C more carefully D the most

carefully

在我们班所有的同学中，贝蒂写的最认真。

知识点：考查副词最高级

答案：B

解析：三者或三者以上进行比较时用最高级，常用 in，of 引导出比较

的范围，副词最高级可修饰动词，副词最高级前多数不加 the。

43. —Don't you feel surprised to see George at the meeting


81 / 342

—Yes. I really didn't think he _______ here.

A has been B had beenC would be D would have been

在会议上你看到乔治感到惊讶吗？是的，我真的不认为他会出现在这

里。

知识点：考查动词时态

答案：C

解析：would 表示过去将会发生的，句子表示 I 在会议之前并没有料

到表示过去将会发生的事情用 would be,选择 C 项。

44. —The physics exam is not difficult, is it?

~ .Even Harry to the top students failed in it.

A Yes; belong B No; belonged C Yes; belonging D No;

belonging

这次的物理考试不难，是吗？不，很难的。甚至亨利属于很好的学生

也失败了。

知识点：反义疑问句和现在作定语

答案：C

解析：反义疑问句的回答时根据实际情况来回答的，肯定即表示难，

回答用 yes,否定回答即表示不难用 no.在语境当中指题难，用 yes 回

答。第二空为现在分词短语作定语放在被修饰名词之后。

45. You don't mind you Xiao Li, do you?


82 / 342

A call B to call C to calling D calling

你不介意我叫你小李，是吗？

知识点：考查 mind doing

答案：D

解析：mind 意为“介意”，后面用 doing 的形式，常用于否定句和

疑问句当中。选择 D 项。

46. He didn't go to bed the TV play was over.

A if B because C until D that

知道电视节目结束了他也没有上床

知识点：考查 not…until

答案：C

解析：if 意为“如果”，通常表示条件关系，because 意为“因为”，

表示因果关系，until 与前面的 not 构成 not…until 意为“直到……才”，

that 做连词时意为“因为，以至于”。

47. is important that you choose clothes that suit your shape.

A There B It C This D That

选择一件适合你体型的衣服是很重要的

知识点：考查形式主语 it

答案：B

解析：当主语是很长的从句时，为了避免头重脚轻，保持句子前后平


83 / 342

衡，常用 it 来代替主语，而把真正的主语放在句末。

48. She has two best friends. of them is in the country.

A All B Both C No one D Neither

她有两个最好的朋友，没有一个是在这个国家

知识点：考查 neither

答案：D

解析：all 意为“全部”，表示三者以上的人，both 意为“两者都”，

通常和 and 搭配构成 both…and，no one 意为“没有人”，后面不可

在接 of, neither 意为“两者都不”，符合句意。

49. There's water in the bottle. Don't throw it away.

A little B a little C a few D few

瓶子里还有一点水，不要把它扔掉了

知识点：考查 a little

答案：B

解析：little 意为”“很少的，几乎没有的”，表示否定，a little 意为

“一点，少量”，这两个词修饰不可数名词。a few 意为”一些，几

个“，few 意为“很少的，几乎没有的“它们都修饰可数名词。题干

当中表示还有一点，并且修饰不可数名词 water，选择 B 项。

50. The man Mary was so tall that she could hardly see the show.


84 / 342

A in front of B in the front of C at the back of D at the beginning of

坐在玛丽前面的这个男人很高，以至于她都很难看到节目

知识点：考查 in front of

答案：A

解析：in front of 与 in the front of 都表示“在前面”，但 in front of 指

在某一物体外部的前面，而 in the front of 表示在某一物体内部的前

面，这里指在看节目的观众的前面，选择 A 项。at the back of 意为”

在后面”，at the beginning of 意为“在开始”。

51. The dean of the Philosophy Department requested that the visiting

scholar _____ a lecture on Sartre.

A gave B give C would give D had given

哲学系的系主任要求参观学者做一个哲学演讲

知识点：考查宾语从句

答案：B

解析：表示“要求”的 request 词后的宾语从句中动词要用 should+动

词原形，should 可以省略，因此选择 B 项。

52. Charles regretted the TV set last year. The price has now gone down.

A buying B to buy C of D from

查理很后悔在去年买了电视机，因为现在价格降了

知识点：考查 regret 的用法


85 / 342

答案：A

解析：regret 是动词，意为“感到遗憾，后悔”，可以直接接名词或

代词，regret to do 表示因要做某事而遗憾，regret doing 表示后悔做了

某事，因此选择 A 项。

53. you like some coffee?

A will B shall C Would D should

你想来点咖啡吗

知识点：考查一般疑问句

答案：C

解析：Would you like…?是用来礼貌地询问对方的意愿，是否“想

要……”，或委婉地提出请求。因此 C 项为正确答案。

54. We go to the cinema a week.

A often B once C seldom D usually

我们一般是一个礼拜去一次电影院

知识点：考查副词

答案：B

解析：often 意为“常常，时常”，once 意为“一次”，与空后的 a week

表示每周一次，为正确答案，seldom 意为“很少”，usually 意为“通

常”。


86 / 342

55. Who's ，Jim，Jack or John?

A tall B taller C much taller D the tallest

谁是最高的，吉姆，杰克还是约翰

知识点：考查形容词最高级

答案：D

解析：根据句子给出的 Jim, Jack, John，可知是三者的比较要用最高

级。tall 的比较级形式是 taller，最高级形式是 tallest，最高级前要用

the 修饰，因此选择 D 项。

完形填空

Passage 1

Modern zoos are very different from zoos that were built fifty years ago.

At that time, zoos were places —21— people could go to see animals

from many parts of the world. The animals lived in cages that were made

—22— concrete with iron bars, cages that were easy to keep clean.

Unfortunately for the animals, the cages were small and impossible to

hide in. The zoo environment was anything but natural. —23— the zoo

keepers took good care of the animals and fed them well, many of the

animals did not thrive; they behaved in strange ways, and they often

became ill.

In modern zoos, people can see animals in more natural habitats. The

animals are given more —24— in large areas so that they can live more


87 / 342

comfortably as they would in nature. Even the appearance of zoos has

changed. Trees and grass grow in the cages, and streams of water flow

—25— the areas that animals live in.

现代动物园与 50 年前的很不一样。50 年前，动物园是可以看到世界

各地动物的一个地方。动物们住在钢筋混凝土建造的笼子里，笼子容

易清理。

对于动物们很不幸的是，笼子太小无处可藏。动物园的环境一点也不

天然。虽然动物园的员工照顾和喂养动物都很好，但动物们还是没

有兴旺。他们行为怪异，常常生病。

在现代动物园中，人们能够看到动物表现出更多天然的习性。人们给

动物提供广阔的场地和更多的自由，所以动物们可以像在自然环境

中一样舒适的生活。甚至连动物闶的外观也进行了改善。笼子中种

了树和草，小溪流过动物们居住的地方。

21. A. of B. Although C. where D. over E. freedom





KEY.CABED

21 答案：C

解析：这是一个定语从句，where 作为关系副词，表示地点，修饰先

行词 places,在定语从句中作状语。


88 / 342

22. 答案： A

解析：make 是动词，意为“制造，使得，布置等”，make … of…

指“由……制成”，在成品中可以看出原料，通常用 be made of 形式。

注意它与 make…from 的区别。make…from也指“由……（原料）制

成”，但在成品中看不出原料来。

23. 答案：B

解析：although 是连词，意为“虽然，尽管”，通常表示转折关系，

但引导的从句不能与 but, however 连用。

24. 答案：E

解析：freedom 是名词，意为”自由”。在句中 are given more freedom

用了被动语态，指“被给予了更多的自由。“

25. 答案： D

解析：over 是介词，意为“越过，在……之上“。指从物体的上方经

过，不与物体接触。

解答方法：这是一篇关于动物园的文章，现代动物园与 50 年前的动

物园相比有了很大改进。下面我们来分析一下选项。of 是介词，意为

“关于，属于，由……组成“，although 是连词，意为”虽然，尽管

“，表示转折关系。where 是表示地点的关系副词。over 是介词，意

为“越过，在……之上“。freedom 是名词，意为”自由”。第 21

题空前是表示地点的名词 places,空后的句子对这个名词起的是修饰

作用，我们可知这是一个定语从句，选择表示地点的关系副词 where.

第 22 题 be made of 表示”由……制成“，是一个固定搭配。第 23


89 / 342

题，我们通过理解句意，可以看出这两个短句子表示转折关系，应选

择表示转折关系的连词来引导。第 24 题句意为“动物们被给予

了……”，很显然要填名词，freedom 表示”自由“。第 25 题 flow over

表示河水流过用介词 over.

Passage 2

An old man died and left his son a lot of money. But the son was a foolish

young man, and

he quickly spent 21 money, so that he had nothing left. Of course,

when that happened, all

his friends 22 him. When he was quite poor and alone, he went to see

Nasreddin, who was

a kind, clever old man and often helped people when they had troubles.

"My money has finished

and my friends have gone，" said the young man. "What will___23___to

me now?" "Don't worry,

young man," answered Nasreddin. "Everything will soon be all right

again. Wait and you will

soon feel___24___happier." The young man was very glad. "Am I going

to get rich again then?"

"No, I___25___mean that," said the old man. "I meant that you would

soon get used to being

poor and having no friends."


90 / 342

一个老人去世了，留给他的儿子很多钱。但这个儿子是个很傻的年轻

人，他很快就花光了这些钱，什么也没有了。当然，他没钱后，他

的朋友们离开了他。当他很穷又孤单时，他去见了 Nasreddim —位

善良、智慧的老人，经常帮助有麻烦的人。“我拍的钱花光了，我

的朋友都离我而去了”，这个年轻人说。“我现在会怎么样呢？ ”

“别担心，年轻人，"Nasreddin 说。”一切不久就会变好的。稍等你

不久就会变幸福的。”年轻人很开心，“我是不是又要变富了？"

“不，我不是指的那，”老人说。“我的意思是你不久就会习惯贫穷

和没有朋友了。

A. left B. all the C. happen D. much E. didn't





KEY： BACDE

21. 答案：B

解析：all the 表示所有的,在这里修饰 money. spend all the money 意为

“花掉了所有的钱“。

22. 答案：A

解析：left 是 leave 的过去式，意为“离开“，整篇文章讲的是一个

小故事，用的过去语态，因此这里选择 A 项。

23. 答案：C


91 / 342

解析：happen 是不及物动词，意为“发生“，常用于 sth. happen to sb.

“某人出了某事（指不好的事情发生在某人身上）”。在文中，年轻

人很担心自己，问道”我现在会怎么样呢？“

24. 答案：D

解析：much 是副词，意为“非常，很“，修饰比较级是副词 much

的常见用法，”much+比较级”的意思是”更……“，”……得多“。

25. 答案：E

解析：didn’t 是 don’t 的过去形式。由空前的 No, 可以知道后面

也用否定式。

解答方法：这是一篇小笑话。文章用的过去形式，我们在做题时要特

别注意。下面我们来分析一下选项。all the 表示所有的, left 是 leave

的过去式，意为“离开“，happen 是不及物动词，意为“发生“，

much 是副词，意为“非常，很“，didn’t 是 don’t 的过去形式。第

21 题空后 money，是不可数名词，选项中有 much,不要因为这个选项

被误导，much 确实可以修饰不可数名词，但根据上下文的意思，我

们不难推断出年轻人是花掉了所有的钱，因此选择 B 项。第 22 题，

空前是 all his friends,是名词，在句中作主语，我们需要选择动词作谓

语，因此选择 left.第 23 题空后为 to me,那么空前应该填不及物动词或

与 to 能构成固定搭配的词。 happen 是不及物动词，意为“发生“，

常用于 sth. happen to sb. “某人出了某事（指不好的事情发生在某人

身上）”。24 题空后是表示比较级的 happier,而修饰比较级是副词

much 的常见用法，”much+比较级”的意思是”更……“，”……


92 / 342

得多“。因此选择 much.第 25 题我们可以从前边的 No 和上下文得出

答案。

Passage 3

Scientists have studied consumer behavior recently and found that the

look of the package has a great effect —21— the "quality" of the product

and on how well it sells, because "consumers generally cannot tell

between a product and its package. Many products are packages and

many packages are products, ” as Louis Cheskin, the first social scientist

studying consumers' feeling for packaging, noticed.”

Colors are one of the best tools in packaging. Studies of eye movement

have shown that colors draw human —22— quickly. Take V8 for

example. For many years, the bright red color of tomatoes and carrots on

the thin bottle makes you feel that it is very good for your body. And the

word “green，’ today can keep food prices —23— . Shapes are another

attraction. Circles often suggest happiness and peacefulness, because

these shapes are pleasing to both the eye and the heart. That's —24—

the round yellow M signs of McDonald's are inviting to both young and

old.

This new consumer response to the colors and shapes of packages

remains producers and sellers that people —25— to satisfy both body and

soul.


93 / 342

科学家们最近研究了顾客行为，发现包装的外观极大地影响了对商品

质量的判断以及商品的销量，因为“顾客一般辨认不出商品与包装。

很多商品是包装好了的，很多包装本身就是商品。”首个研究包装

带给顾客感受的社会科学家路易斯•彻斯金发现。

颜色是商品包装的一个制胜法宝。对眼睛移动的研究显示,颜色能快

速吸引人的注意力。以 F8 为例。很多年来，西红柿和胡萝卜的鲜艳

的红色映在细小的瓶子上，让你感觉到这个对你身体很有好处。而

今天“绿色“这个词可以是食物价格大幅度上涨。形状是另一个关键。

圆形象征着幸福、和平，因为这些形状既对你的眼睛又对你的心脏有

好处。那就是为什么麦当劳 M 是黄色的圆圆的字体既可以吸引年轻

人又可以吸引老人。

顾客对包装的颜色以及形状的反应，依然是生产商和销售商来满足顾

客身体和心灵需求的主要方式。

21. A. why B. going up C. on D. attention E. buy





KEY.CDBAE

21. 答案：C

解析：on 是介词，意为“向，朝，关于，在……之上”等，一些动

词与介词 on 构成固定搭配。如 have effect on 意为“对……产生影响”。


94 / 342

句中的 has a great effect on 意为“对……有很大的影响”。

22. 答案：D

解析：attention 是名词，意为“注意力”。draw attention 吸引某人

的注意力。文中 draw human attention 意为“吸引人们的注意力”。

２３. 答案：Ｂ

解析：ｇｏｕｐ意为“上升，增长”。题干中 keep doing 表示一

直做某事。Keep food price going on 意为“保持价格持续上升”。

2４. 答案：Ａ

解析：why 副词，意为“为什么”。该句是ｗｈｙ引导的表语从句，

That’s why 是常用句型，意为“这就是……的原因”，该句型通

常用于针对前面已经说过的原因进行总结。

２５. 答案：Ｅ

解析：ｂｕｙ是动词，意为＂购买＂。它的过去式 bought, 过去分词

bought, 现在分词 buying.

解答方法：本文介绍了科学家的一项研究成果，商品的外观影响着消

费者的购买行为。下面我们来分析一下这几个选项。ｗｈｙ是副词，

表示“原因”。ｇｏｕｐ意为“上升，增长”，on 是介词，意为

“向，朝，关于，在……之上”等，attention 是名词，意为“注意力”。

buy 是动词，意为＂购买＂。

首先我们看一下 21 空，空前有一个固定搭配，have effect_______,由

此我们可以选择出 on. 第 22 空同样是一个固定搭配，draw attention

吸引某人的注意力，根据前后句意也可选出答案。空 23 由空前的 keep


95 / 342

可以知道后面应用进行时，根据句意应选择价格上升，故选择 going up.

第 24 空说出了原因，这是一个表语从句，表示“这就是……的原因”

通常用 That’s why…第 25 空前为名词 people,又根据句意需填动词

buy.

Passage 4

Mumu is a Chinese boy. But now he —21—_in the UK. He lives

and—22—_ with Mr andMrs Green in London. They are very nice to him.

But they like different food.

For breakfast, Mr and Mrs Green would like milk, eggs and some

vegetables, sometimes they have fruits. Mumu would like milk and eggs,

but he wouldn't like vegetables at the breakfast time.

Lunch is at one —23— . Mr and Mrs Green usually have large

hamburgers. Mumu doesn't like them. He thinks they're —24— . He

would like some rice. After that, he'd like some fruits. —25— Mr

and Mrs Green usually have afternoon tea.

For dinner, Mr and Mrs Green have soup, beef, vegetables and fruit.

Mumu wouldn ’t like any beef, he'd like some noodles.

木木是个中国男孩。但现在他在英国。他在伦敦和格林夫妇在一起生

活。格林夫妇对他很好。但他们的饮食习惯不同。

格林夫妇早饭喜欢喝牛奶、吃鸡蛋及一些蔬菜，有时他们也吃点水果。

木木喜欢喝牛奶吃鸡蛋，但他早餐不喜欢吃蔬菜。午饭时间是一点。


96 / 342

格林夫妇通常都吃个大汉堡。木木不喜欢吃汉堡。他认为汉堡不好。

他喜欢吃米饭，吃完米饭吃些水果。但格林夫妇通常是喝下午茶。格

林夫妇晚饭喝汤，吃牛肉，蔬菜及水果。木木不喜欢吃牛肉，他喜欢

吃面条。

21. A. eats B. is C. But D. o'clock E. bad




25. A. eats B. is C. But D. o 'clock E. bad

KEY.BADEC

21. 答案：B

解析：is 是系动词。题干是一个非常简单的陈述句。主语是 he, be

动词为 is。

22. 答案：A

解析：eat 是动词，意为“吃”。前面的 live 用的是单数第三人称，

eat 也用单数第三人称。live and eat 同吃同住。

23. 答案：D

解析：o’clock 意为”点钟”，是 of the clock 的缩写形式。前面通常

与数字连用。空前是是数字 one, one o’clock 表示一点钟，选择 D 项。

24. 答案：E

解析：bad 是形容词，意为“坏的，不好的”。根据上文语意，Mumu

doesn’t like them. 故此空选择 bad .


97 / 342

25. 答案： C

解析：but 是连词，意为“但是”。表示转折关系。根据上下文可推

测出是转折，选择 C 项。

解答方法：这是一篇非常简单的文章，介绍了中国男孩在英国的生活。

采用了对比的方法比较了木木与英国夫妇生活方式的不同。我们简单

看一下选项。eat 是动词，意为“吃”。is 是系动词。but 是连词，意

为“但是”，表示转折关系。o’clock 意为”点钟”， bad 是形容词，

意为“坏的，不好的”。21 空是简单的陈述句，由主语 he 可知此空

填 is.22 题根据句意，同吃同住，选择 eats.第 23 题表示 1 点钟 one o’

clock.

第 24 空可从上文意思推出此处木木认为是不好的，选择 bad。第 25

题空前后的两个句子是转折关系，故选择 but。

Passage 5

Strange things happen to time when you travel, because the earth is

divided into

twenty-four parts, 21 a part You can have days with more or fewer than

twenty-four

hours, and weeks with more or fewer than seven days.

Your ship goes into 22 time part every day if you make a five-day

journey across

the Atlantic Ocean. As you go into each part, the time 23 one hour.


98 / 342

Traveling west,

you set your clock back; traveling east, you let it ahead. Each day of your

journey has either twenty-five or twenty-three hours.

If you travel by ship across the Pacific, you 24 the International Date

Line. This

is the point where a new day 25 . When you go across the line, you

change your

calendar one full day, back or ahead

.在你旅行的时候有一些奇怪的事发生，因为地球被分成 24 个部分，

每个部分一小时。你可能过上多于或少于 24 小时的一天，多于或少

于七天的一周。

如果你坐船在大西洋航行 5 天，你每天都经过一个不同的时区。你每

经过一个时区，时间就变化一小时，向西航行，你把时钟调后，向

东航行，你把时间调前。每天有 25 小时或者 23 小时。

如果你坐船穿过太平洋，你就可以跨过国际日期变更线，这就是一天

的开始你就要把日期调前或调后一天。

21. A. a different B. one hour C. cross D. changes E. begins





KEY： BADCE


99 / 342

21. 答案：B

解析：hour 名词,意为“小时”。one hour 一小时。每一时区相差一

小时，这是常识，故选择 B 项。

22. 答案：A

解析：different 是形容词，意为“不同的”。different time part,不同

的时区。

23. 答案：D

解析：change 是动词，意为“改变，变化”。你每经过一个时区，时

间就变化一小时，选择 change。

24. 答案：C

解析：cross 是动词，意为“横过，交叉”。也可作名词，意为“交

叉，十字架”。注意与 across 相区别，across 是介词，意为“穿过，

横过”。跨过国际日期边更线用动词 cross.

25. 答案：E

解析：begin 是动词，意为“开始”。新一天的开始 a new day begins.

解答方法：这是一篇说明文，介绍了世界上的时区。先分析一下选项。

different 是形容词，意为“不同的”。hour 名词,意为“小时”。cross

是动词，意为“横过，交叉”。change 是动词，意为“改变，变化”。

begin 是动词，意为“开始”。第 21 题空前提到了 24 个时区，一天

有 24 个小时，每个时区是 1 小时，选择 one hour.第 22 题不同的时区，

different time part. 第 23 题句意为“你每经过一个时区，时间就变化

一小时”，表示变化，选择动词 change.第 24 空前有主语 you，选择


100 / 342

动词 cross,第 25 题表示新的一天开始，选择 begin.

Passage 6

The last patient left his office. Mr. South had a look at the 21 on the

wall.lt was a quarter to six. It meant that he had to stay there for fifteen

minutes. A friend of his asked him to dinner that evening. Of course he

should 22 some flowers for her. He brought out the purse and counted

the money in it. He had sixty dollars and it was enough to do that. And

then he remembered he bought a newspaper on his way to the hospital

after lunch. He was too busy to read it. Now he brought it out, but then

came in a man —23— forty. He looked at himcarefully. The man

looked strange. Mr. South didn't know what he came for.

"What's wrong with you?" asked Mr. South.

“Nothing,Mr. South," said the man, "But..."

The man began to smile and said, "Don'tyou —24— me, Mr. South？

You cured (治愈)my rheumatism(jA^M'M) three years ago."

"Mr. Bell?" "Yes. Did you —25— me not to get myself wet?"

"Yes, I did," answered the doctor.

"Well. I come here to ask you if you think it's OK for me to take a bath

now?"

最后一个病人离幵了他的办公室，南先生看了一眼墙上的钟，六点一

刻了。这意味着，他还耍在这呆 75 分钟。他的一个朋友叫他去吃晚

饭，当然他需要给她买一些花，他拿出钱包，数数钱，他有仰元，


101 / 342

足够买花了。这时，他想起午饭后回医院的路上买了份报纸，因为太

忙了，还没来得及看。现在他拿出来，准备看，这时，进来一个大

约岁左右的男人，他很仔细地看着他，这个人看齐来很奇怪，南先

生不知道他要做什么。你那里不舒服？南先生问道。“没有什么不舒

服，南先生，这个男人回答，只是？

这个男人笑并说道，你不记得我了吗？南先生，三年前你治愈了我的

风湿病。

本先生？

是的，你告诉我不要把自己弄湿了。

是的，我说过。南医生回答到。

好的，我回到这儿，是想问你，我现在可以洗澡了吗？

21. A. clock B. buy C. tell D. about E. remember





KEY.ABDEC

21. 答案：A

解析：clock 是名词，意为“钟表”，由后文的 lt was a quarter to six.

可知南先生看了一眼墙上的表，选择 clock.

22. 答案：B

解析：buy 是动词，意为“购买”，常用于 buy sth. for sb. 为某人购


102 / 342

买某物。

23．答案：D

解析：about 是介词，意为“大约”，空后是一个数词 forty,因此此处

填 about.

24. 答案：E

解析：remember 是动词，意为“记得，牢记”，remember sb. 记得

某人。

25. 答案：C

解析：tell 是动词，意为“告诉”。tell sb. (not) to do sth.告诉某人（不）

做某事是固定用法。

解答方法：这是一则笑话，一位病人领会错了医生的嘱咐。我们先来

分析一下各选项。clock 是名词，意为“钟表”， buy 是动词，意为

“购买”，tell 是动词，意为“告诉”。about 是介词，意为“大约”，

remember 是动词，意为“记得，牢记”.第 21 空，由空后的 on the wall

以及 5 点 45 分可知此处应该填 clock.在国外，去别人家赴宴，要带

些小礼物，在文中医生要买一些花，因此第 22 空选择 buy.第 23 空后

是数字 forty，表示大约时选择 about.根据上下文我们知道医生曾治好

了这个病人的风湿病，因此他们彼此认识，所以这里选择 remember。

第 25 空后面是不要做某事，告诉某人不要做某事选择 tell。

Passage 7


103 / 342

Mr. Clarke works in a middle school. He likes reading and often

borrows some books from

the library. He keeps 21 to the radio every morning and reading

newspapers after supper.

So he knows much and teaches well. His students worship (崇拜）him

very much.

Mike, Mr. Clarke's little son, is only nine. He 22 likes reading books.

And he often

asks his father some questions. Mr. Clarke always thinks he's too 23 to

understand him and

chooses the easiest ones to answer. Of course the boy is not pleased with

that.

One day Mike read 24 about the lights and was interested in it. When

his father told

him to do some housework, he went on thinking of it. He asked him 25

questions, and his

father answered all. Then his father said proudly, "Fathers always know

more than sons!" The boy thought for a while and said, "I don't think so!"

克拉克先生在一所中学工作。他喜欢阅读，经常从图书馆了借些书读。

他每天早上都要听广播，晚饭后一定要看报纸。所以他很渊博，书

也教得好。他的学生非常崇拜他。

克拉克先生的小儿子迈克才 9 岁。他也喜欢读书。他经常问爸爸一些


104 / 342

问题。克拉克先生总是认为迈克太小以致很难理解他的话，他便选

择最简单的答案。当然了，迈克并不开心。有一天迈克读到一些关

于灯的内容，非常感兴趣。爸爸叫他去写作业时，他依然在想那些

灯。迈克问了爸爸一些问题，爸爸回答了所有的问题。然后克拉克先

生很自豪地说：“父亲总是比儿子知道的多！”

迈克想了会，说道：“那可不一定。”

A. a few B. listening C. also D. young E. something





KEY： BCDEA

21. 答案：B

解析：listen 是不及物动词，意为“听”，常用介词 to 搭配表示听 listen

to。在文中 listen to the radio意为“听广播”。注意句中涉及了 keep doing

的用法，意为“保持做某事”。

22. 答案：C

解析：also 是副词，意为“也，同样”。常用在 be 动词之后，实意

动词之前。在文中 also 用在 like 前表示也。

23. 答案：D

解析：young 是形容词，意为“年轻的”，该空涉及了 too… to do 结

构，意为“太……而不能”，too young to understand 意为“太年轻而


105 / 342

不能理解”。

24. 答案：E

解析：something 是代词，意为“某事，某物”，read something about

读一些关于……

25. 答案：A

解析： a few 意为“一些，几个”，用来修饰可数名词。a little 也可

表示“一些”，用来修饰不可数名词。

解答方法：这是一篇记叙文，讲述了父子之间的一件趣事。我们先来

分析一下各个选项。a few 意为“一些，几个”，用来修饰可数名词。

listen 是不及物动词，意为“听”，also 是副词，意为“也，同样”。

常用在 be 动词之后，实意动词之前。young 是形容词，意为“年轻

的”，something 是代词，意为“某事，某物”。首先，第 21 空后面

是 radio,听广播用 listen to the radio,可以得出答案，第 22 空可以通过

上下文意思得出答案，前文提到父亲爱读书，这里说儿子“也”爱读

书，选择 also.

第 23 空所在的句意是父亲认为他太小而不能理解，选择 young.第 24

空前是 read 这个词，空后是 about,表示读关于什么的，用 read

something about,因此我们选出答案。第 25 空表示几个，并且后面有

可数名词复数 questions,可以选出答案。

Passage 8


106 / 342

Man can't go on increasing his number at the present rate. In the next

30years man will face a period of crisis. 21 experts believe that there will

be a widespread food shortage. Other experts think this is too

pessimistic，and man can prevent things 22 worse than they are now.

One thing that man can do is to limit the number of babies born. The need

for this is obvious, 23 it is not easy to achieve. People have to be

persuaded to limit their families. In the countries of the population

explosion, many people like big families. The parents think that this 24 a

bigger income for the family and ensures there will be someone in the

family who will look after them in old age.

Several governments have 25 birth control policies in recent years.

Among them are Japan, China. India and Egypt. In some cases the results

have not been successful. Japan has been an exception. People were

encouraged to limit their families in the 1950's, which has effectively

reduced the birth rate in Japan.

人类不能继续按现在这样的增长速度增加人口了。否则接下来的年人

们将要面临一个危机期。有些专家认为，人类将会面临严重的粮食

短缺。另一些专家认为这种观点太悲观了，觉得人类可以在情况变

得更糟糕之前改变这种局面。但目前世界上有三分之二的人处于营养

不良或是饥饿之中。

人们能做的一件事就是降低出生率。这种需要是显而易见的，但却很

难做到。必须说服人们限制家庭规模。


107 / 342

21. A. from getting B. some C. but D. adopted E. brings





KEY.BACED

21. 答案：B

解析：some 是形容词，意为“一些”，它既可以修饰可数名词，也

可以修饰不可数名词。

22. 答案：A

解析：此空涉及的知识点为 prevent sth. from doing 防止某事发生。

prevent 是动词，意为“防止，阻止”。prevent things from getting worse

防止事情变得更糟。

23. 答案： C

解析：but 是连词，意为“但是”，表示转折关系。空的前后为转折

关系，故选择 but.

24. 答案：E

解析： bring 是动词，意为“带来”。bring income 带来收入。

25. 答案：D

解析：adopt 是动词，意为“采取，接受”。过去式和过去分词形式

都是 adopted. adopt birth control polices 采取计划生育政策。


108 / 342

解答方法：这是一篇关于人口增长过快的文章，文章介绍了一些专家

就此事的一些观点。我们先来分析一下选项。from getting 是固定结

构的一部分，要结合文章选出答案。some 是形容词，意为“一些”，

用来修饰可数名词和不可数名词。but 是连词，意为“但是”，表示

转折关系。adopted 是 adopt 的过去分词形式。adopt 是动词，意为“采

取，接受”。brings 是 bring 的单数第三人称形式，bring 是动词，意

为“带来”。第 21 空后是名词复数形式 experts，该空选择 some 形

容词，修饰名词。22 空前为 prevent things，prevent 通常用于 prevent

things from doing 故选择 A 项。23 空可由空前后两个句子为转折关系

得出答案。第 24 空根据句意表示带来，选择 brings.第 25 空根据句意，

采用计划生育政策，选择 D 项。

Passage 9

A rich American went into a shop in London. He wanted very much

___1___ a nice-looking watch. He saw a watch and liked it so much that

he decided to buy it. But the owner of the shop asked five hundred dollars

for it. While the American was hesitating, a young man suddenly came

into the shop, took the watch out of the owner's hand and ran out with it.

It all happened in _____2___ seconds. When the owner ran out into the

street, the young man had already __3____ among the people. The

American went on. At the next corner, he saw the young man with the


109 / 342

stolen watch in his hand, "Do you want to buy a fine watch, sir? “ he said

in a low voice, "It's only a hundred dollars.“"The young man doesn't

know I saw him ____4___ the watch just now," he thought. The

American paid at once and went happily back to his room with the watch.

He told his friend about the fine watch. His friend ____5____ a look at

the watch and started to shout immediately. He said, "You are a fool. This

watch is worth only ten dollars. I'm sure the shop owner and the young

man planned all this together.“

一个很富有的美国人进入了伦敦的一个商店。他十分想要一款看起来

很好看的手表。他看了手表就决定买下。但商店的人要 5 卯美元。

正当这个美国人犹豫的时候，突然进来一个年轻人，把手表从店家

手中抢走往外跑，这一切仅仅在儿秒内发生。当那个店家追到街上，

那个年轻人已经消失在人群中了。那个美国人走了，在街的下一个拐

角，他看见那个年轻人把偷了的表放在手中：“你不是想买这个表

吗？”他低声问道，“仅需耍 i 卯美元。”

这个美国人想“这个年轻人并不知道我看到了，当他偷这块表时”，

美国人迅速地付了钱并把表开心地带冋家了。他告诉他朋友关于这

块表。他朋友拿起表看了看并立即笑他： “你是个傻瓜，这块表只

值十美元，我确信那个店主和那个年轻人共同策划了这个事件。”

1. A. a few B. took C. stealing D. to get E.

disappeared

2. A. a few B. took C. stealing D. to get E.


110 / 342

disappeared

3. A. a few B. took C. stealing D. to get E. disappeared



KEY：DAE CB

21. 答案：D

解析：get 是动词，意为“得到，获得”。空前的 want 要与 to 连用，

want to 表示想要。

22. 答案：A

解析：a few 意为“一些，几个”，用来修饰可数名词复数。a few seconds

几秒钟。

23. 答案：E

解析：disappear 是动词，意为“消失”，它的反义词是 appear，意为

“出现”。dis-是表示否定的前缀。

24．答案：C

解析：steal 是动词，意为“偷“。这里还考察了 see sb. doing sth. 看

见某人做某事。

25. 答案：B

解析：take 是动词，意为“拿，取，接受“等意思。在这里 take a look

at 为固定用法，意为”看一下“。

解答方法：文章讲述了一个富有的美国人受骗的故事，讲述小故事用

的是过去时态。下面我们来分析一下各选项。a few 意为“一些，几


111 / 342

个”，用来修饰可数名词复数。took 是 take 的过去式，take 是动词，

意为“拿，取，接受“等意思。stealing 是 steal 的现在分词形式。steal

是动词，意为“偷“。get 是动词，意为“得到，获得”。disappeared

是 disappear 的过去分词形式。disappear 是动词，意为“消失”。

第 21 空前的 very much 是状语，通常放在句尾，在这里放在动词后

面强调非常渴望这块表。want 表示“想要“，与 to 连用，get 意为”

得到，获得“，因此选择 D 项。22 空表示几秒钟选择 a few.23 空可

通过句意表示”“消失”选择 E 项。表示看见某人当时在做某事 see sb.

doing，因此 24 空选择 C 项。25 空可通过固定搭配 take a look at 得出

答案。

Passage 10

Last Saturday, Tony went to see Benny. But he didn't know —21—

Benny lived. On the way, he stopped in front of a yellow house, and

asked an old woman the —22— to Benny's house. "His house is not

far from my house," said the woman. "It's behind the trees. But you can't

get there easily. You can go there by bus. It'll—23—you hours to get

there—24—foot. ""What's wrong with her?" Tony thought. "I can see

Benny's house from here now. It's behind the trees.“Then Tony walked to

the other side of the trees. He found the old woman was right. There was

a river in front of him, and he couldn't see a boat. The house was on the

other side of the —25—.

上星期六，托尼去看贝妮。但是他不知道贝妮住在哪里。在去的路上，


112 / 342

他停在了一棵大的黄色的房屋前，问一个老妇女去贝妮家的路。他

家离我家不远。妇女说。就在树后面，但是你不能很轻松地就到那

里。你可以做公车去。走路去的话会花掉你两个小时。“她怎么了？ ”

托尼想，我现在在这里就能看见她的房子，就在树的后面。然后托尼

走到树的另一面。他发现这个老妇女是对的。他的前面是一条河，

他看不见一条船。贝妮的房屋就在河的另一边。

21. A. on B. where C. way D. river E. take





KEY.BCEAD

21. 答案：B

解析：这是 where 引导的宾语从句，where 是连接副词，引导的从句

作 know 的宾语。

22. 答案：C

解析：way 是名词，意为“道路，方法”。the way to 表示“通向……

的路”。

23. 答案：E

解析：take 是动词，意为“拿，取，花费”等。take sb. sometime to do

意为“花费某人时间做某事”。

24. 答案：A


113 / 342

解析：on 是介词，意为“向，朝……，在……之上”。表示步行用

on foot 表示。

25. 答案：D

解析：river 是名词，意为“河流”。在前文提到他面前有一条河。 There

was a river in front of him…

因此此处选择 river。

解答方法：这是一则小故事，讲述了托尼问路却不相信人家的话，反

而走了更远的路。我们先来分析一下选项。on 是介词，意为“向，

朝……，在……之上”。where 是连接副词，way 是名词，意为“道

路，方法”。river 是名词，意为“河流”。take 是动词，意为“拿，

取，花费”等。第 21 空前的 know 后边接的是宾语从句，where 是连

接副词，表示地点，因此选择 B 项。通往……的路 the way to 是固定

搭配，22 空选择 C 项。第 23 空可从搭配 take sb. sometime to do 中选

出答案。表示步行用“on foot”,因此 24 空选择 A 项。第 25 空可从

前文的提示得出答案。

Passage 11

Mrs Green lives in the country, and she doesn’t know London very well.

One day, she goes to London. She can 't find her way. Just then

she—21— a man near a bus stop. "I can ask him the way, "she says to

herself and asks, "Excuse me, will you please—22— me the way to


114 / 342

King Street? "The man smiles with no answer. He —23— know

English. He speaks Russian. He is a visitor. Then he —24—his hand into

his pocket, takes out a piece of paper and lets her look at it. On the paper

are these words, "Sorry, I —25— English."

格林夫人住在乡村，她对伦敦市并不熟悉。有一天，她去了伦敦。但

不认识路。就在那时，她看见在一个车站附近有一个男人。“我可

以去问他路”她对自己说。她问道：“请问，你可以告诉我怎么去

街吗？ ”男人笑而不答，他不会说英语。他说俄语。他是一个游客。

他把手放到自己的口袋里，掏出一张纸，给她看。纸上写着：“对不

起，我不说英语。”

21. A. puts B. sees C. tell D. don 't speak E. doesn't

22. A. puts B. sees C. tell D. don 't speak E. doesn't

23. A. puts B. sees C. tell D. don't speak E. doesn't

24. A. puts B. sees C. tell D. don't speak E. doesn 't

25. A. puts B. sees C. tell D. don't speak E. doesn 't

KEY：BCEAD

21. 答案：B

解析： see 是动词，意为“看见”。空前是 she,动词用单数第三人称，

选择 B 项。

22. 答案：C

解析：tell 是动词，意为“告诉”，tell sb. sth.告诉某人某事。the way

to 是“通向……的路”。


115 / 342

23. 答案：D

解析：doesn’t 是单数第三人称的否定形式，意为“不”。

24. 答案：A

解析：put 是动词，意为“放”。put his hand into 意为“把手放进”。

25. 答案：D

解析：speak 是动词，意为“说话，讲”。说某种语言用 speak. speak

English 说英语。don’t speak 表示否定。

解答方法：这是一篇小故事，讲述了住在乡村的格林夫妇问路的一次

经历。文章用的一般现在时态，在选项中要注意。我们先分析一下各

选项。put 是动词，意为“放”。see 是动词，意为“看见”。tell 是

动词，意为“告诉”，don’t speak 表示否定。doesn’t 是单数第三

人称的否定形式，意为“不”。21 题通过推测句意得出答案。22 空

问路时询问“打扰了，你能告诉我……”表示告诉选择 tell。23 空由

前文知道这个男人不会说英语，用否定选择 D 项。24 空可由后文的

拿出一张纸知道此处是把手放在口袋里，选择 A 项。25 空表示不说

英语，要用否定形式，选择 D 项。

Passage 12

Fruit is good for people. Many people eat some —21— every day. Mr.

and Mrs. Black like fruit very much and every Monday Mrs Black goes to

buy some fruit in the —22— near her house. The man in the shop


116 / 342

knows her well and helps a lot. She can buy all —23— of fruit there,

like apples, pears, oranges and bananas. In different time of the year the

price of each kind of fruit is not the —24— ， sometimes high,

something low. Mrs Black —25— to buy cheap fruit. But Mr Black

likes bananas only. She buys bananas for him every week. She only buys

cheap items for herself.

水果对人有好处。许多人每天都吃水果。格林先生和夫人很喜欢水果，

每个周一格林太太去她家附近的商店买一些水果。商店里的人认识

她，对她帮助很大。她在那里能买到各种各样的水果，苹果,梨,桔子

和香蕉。在一年中不同的时间，，每种水果的价格不一样，时高时低。

格林太太想买便宜的水果。但格林先生只喜欢香蕉。她每星期都给他

买香蕉。她只给自己买便宜的水果。

21. A. shop B. same C. likes D. kinds E. fruit





KEY:EADBC

21. 答案：E

解析：fruit 是名词，意为“水果”，是不可数名词。注意 some 既可

以修饰可数名词，也可以修饰不可数名词。

22. 答案：A


117 / 342

解析：shop 是名词，意为“商店”。买水果在商店里，此处选择

A 项。

23. 答案：D

解析：kind 是名词，意为“种类”，也可作形容词，意为“和蔼的”。

表示种类全用 all kinds of.

24. 答案：B

解析：same 是形容词，意为“相同的”，它的反义词是 different“不

同的”.

25. 答案：C

解析：like 是动词，意为“喜欢，想要”，用于 like to 结构。

解答方法。这是一篇介绍 Mrs Black 日常生活的文章。 Mrs Black 给

自己的丈夫买喜欢的水果，而给自己买便宜的水果。我们来分析一下

各选项。shop 是名词，意为“商店”。same 是形容词，意为“相同

的”，like 是动词，意为“喜欢，想要”，kind 是名词，意为“种类”，

fruit 是名词，意为“水果”，是不可数名词。21 空可从后文中得出

答案，整篇文章讲的是买水果的事，因此选择 E 项。22 空可从买水

果是在商店里得知答案。23 空表示水果的种类选择 kinds，同时有固

定搭配 all kinds of。第 24 空可从句意中得出答案，选择 same。表示

喜欢用 like to，第 25 空选择 C 项。

Passage 13

American people divide their days into several blocks of time, and plan


118 / 342

different activities —21—different times.

American time is " If something is supposed to happen at eight o'clock，it

will begin at eight. Americans value promptnesses.“)and may become

angry if a person is more than 15 minutes late —22— a good reason. If

you know you are going to be late, call in advance and let someone know.

— 23— you arrive late, you should apologize and explain why.

Americans arrive —24— time for doctors' appointments. The doctor

may keep you —25— ，but if you keep the doctor waiting, you may get

a bill with the doctor's time!

美国人把每天分成很多时间段，在不同的时段安排不同的事情。

美国人的时间是精确的。如果某事安排在 S 点整，它就在 S 点整开始。

美国人看重准时，如果一个人没有可信的原因而迟到超过 75 分钟他

很生气。如果你知道会迟到，提前打电话，让人知道。如果你到晚

了，要道歉并解释原因。美国人会按医生的约定按时到达。医生可能

让你等，但如果你让医生等，你需要为医生的时间买单。

21. A. for B. waiting C. on D.if E. without





KEY.AEDCB

21. 答案：A


119 / 342

解析：for 是介词，意为“为，为了，对于”，针对不同的时间计划

不同的活动，表示针对用 for.

22. 答案：E

解析：without 是介词，意为“没有，超过”。without a good reason

没有好的理由。

23. 答案：D

解析：if 是连词，意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句。

24．答案：C

解析：on 是介词，意为“向，朝，在……时候”。on time 意为“按

时，准时”。

25. 答案：B

解析：wait 是动词，意为“等待”，句子中的 keep sb. doing 保持某

人做某事。

解答方法：这是一篇介绍美国人做事非常准时的文章。我们先分析一

下选项。for 是介词，意为“为，为了，对于”，waiting 是 wait 的现

在分词形式。wait 是动词，意为“等待”，on 是介词，意为“向，

朝，在……时候”。if 是连词，意为“如果”，without 是介词，意

为“没有，超过”。第 21 空根据句意表示针对用介词 for。表示“排

除……，没有”用介词 without.第 23 空所在句子是一个条件状语从句，

表示“如果”，选择 if。24 空表示准时到达用 arrive on time，是固定

结构。第 25 空前有 keep，保持某人做某事用 keep doing，从后文的

but if you keep the doctor waiting…也可得知此处选择 waiting.


120 / 342

Passage 14

Thomas Edison wore many caps during his life, ___21___ thinking caps,

the caps of many famous schools and colleges. But the most important

cap was his thinking cap. It had saved his mother's __22___ One day

when he was a boy, his mother fell ill. The doctor wanted ___23___ her

an operation. But the light in the room was not bright. Edison quickly put

on his thinking cap and he found a way to save his mother. Edison was

good at ___24___ his hands and his head. He was the most interested in

electricity. We can see his inventions everywhere because they are very

common. They were ___25___ by Edison's thinking cap.

爱迪生一生戴过很多帽子，其中有许多著名学校和学院的荣誉帽。但

最重要帽子还是他那顶思考帽。这顶帽子曾救了他妈妈的命。当年

他还是个孩子的时候，他妈忽然病倒了，医生想给他妈妈做手术，

但房间光线太弱，手术无法进行，爱迪生快速（戴上思考帽）起动

脑筋想出了好办法解决了这个难题从而挽救了他妈妈的生命。爱迪生

善长动手和动脑。他对电更是极为感兴趣。我们到处都能看到他的

发明，因为这些发明都是很常见的。这些发明都是爱迪生通过（思

考帽）开动脑筋得来的。

1. A.invented B. to give C. such as D. life E. using

2. A. invented B. to give C. such as D. life E. using



121 / 342



KEY： CDBEA

21. 答案：C

解析：such as 是一个固定搭配，意为“比如，诸如”，后面接列举

的例子。文中空后列举了 thinking caps, the caps of many famous

schools and colleges.

22. 答案：D

解析：life 是名词，意为“生命”。save one’s life 意为“拯救了某

人的生命”。

23. 答案：B

解析：give 是动词，意为“给，给予”。want 后面接 to。give an operation

意为“做手术”。

24. 答案：E

解析：use 是动词，意为“使用”，good at 是“擅长”的意思，后面

接动词-ing 形式。

25. 答案：A

解析：invent 是动词，意为“发明”。这里用了被动语态，一般过去

时被动语态的构成“was/were+过去分词”。

解答方法：文章简单介绍了爱迪生有爱思考的习惯。我们来分析一下

各个选项。invent 是动词，意为“发明”。give 是动词，意为“给，

给予”。such as 是一个固定搭配，意为“比如，诸如”，life 是名词，


122 / 342

意为“生命”。use 是动词，意为“使用”.21 空后面是列举的例子，

因此选择 such as.22 空表示拯救他母亲的生命 save his mother’s life。

第 23 空我们可知 want 后面加 to do 的形式，根据句意表示做手术用

give ,因此选择 B 项。good at 中的 at 是介词，介词后面要用动词-ing

形式，根据意思可以选出 E 选项。第 25 空表示发明用 invent,因为句

子使用的是被动语态结构，故选择 invented.

Passage 15

Do you know the story about the fox and the grapes? A fox

is___21___food. He is very hungry. Now, he stands near a wall. The wall

is very___22___.

The fox is looking up. He sees a lot of fine grapes ___23___the wall. He

smiles and says,

"How nice they are! I want to eat them."

The fox jumps and jumps, but the wall is too high. He 24 get the

grapes.

The fox says, "I must go now. I don't like those grapes. They are green.

They are not 一 25— to eat."

你听过狐狸和葡萄的故事吗？一只狐狸非常饥饿，正在搜寻食物。

它站在一面墙下。墙很高。狐狸抬头往上看。它看见了墙上挂了很

多大葡萄。它笑笑说道：“多好的葡萄啊！我想要吃。”狐狸跳啊

跳啊，但是墙太高了。它摘不到葡萄。狐狸于是说，“我必须走了。


123 / 342

我不喜欢这些葡萄。他们还是绿的。肯定不好吃。“

1. A.looking for B. good C. on D. high E. can't

2. A. looking for B. good C. on D. high E. can't




KEY： ADCEB

21. 答案：A

解析：look for 是动词短语，意为“寻找”。look for food 寻找食物。

22. 答案：D

解析：high 是形容词，意为“高的”，由下文的狐狸 looking up 可知

墙很高，我们也可从下文的“…but the wall is too high.”得出答案。

23. 答案：C

解析：on 是介词，意为“向，朝，在……之上”，葡萄在墙上我们

用介词 on.

24. 答案：E

解析：can 是情态动词，意为“能，会”，它的否定形式是 can’t.

由于…the wall is too high,狐狸不能够到选择 E 项。

25. 答案：B

解析：good 是形容词，意为“好的”。be good to do 对……好，对……

有益。文中的 not good to eat 意为不好吃。

解答方法：这是一则谚语，讲的是狐狸吃不到葡萄，说葡萄酸的故事。


124 / 342

我们来分析一下各选项，look for 是动词短语，意为“寻找”。good 是

形容词，意为“好的”。on 是介词，意为“向，朝，在……之上”，

high 是形容词，意为“高的”，can’t 是 can 的否定形式，意为“不

能，不会”。我们来看一下是如何得出答案的。第 21 空后的句子 He

is very hungry.可知他很饿，那么 21 空应该填 look for 食物。22 空可

由后文的 The fox is looking up.和…. but the wall is too high.得出答案。

第 23 空可以从 The fox jumps and jumps,得出葡萄是在墙上，选择 on。

24 空可由前文的墙太高了得出他够不到葡萄，选择 E 项。第 25 空可

由前文意思得出狐狸吃不到葡萄，说葡萄不好吃，选择 B 项。

Passage 16

One night, a thief broke into an old man's house. He 21 a noise and woke

up the old

man and his wife. The husband told his wife to be silent, while he said

loudly, "My dear, these

days thieves are cleverer. If they take 22 their clothes and put them on the

table, the people

in the room will fall asleep and can't wake up."

When the thief 23 this, he took off his clothes at once and was ready to

set out to work.

At this 24 , the husband suddenly shouted in a loud voice:"Stop thief!

Stop thief!" The thief

was very frightened. He ran away as fast as be could and 25 his


125 / 342

clothes on the table.

一天晚上，一个小偷闯入一位老人的房子。他发出的声响惊醒了老人

夫妇。丈夫让妻子别出声，然后他大声说：“ “亲爱的，这段日子

小偷更聪明了。如果他们把衣服脱下来放桌子上，房间里的人就会睡

着，醒不来。”

小偷听到后就立即把衣服脱下来，正准备偷东西时，丈夫突然大声叫

喊：“抓小偷，抓

小偷！ ”。小偷很害怕，迅速逃离，并把衣服留在桌子上。

1. A.made B. moment C. off D. left E. heard

2. A. made B. moment C. off D. left E. heard

3. A. made B. moment C. off D. leftE. heard



KEY： ACEBD

21. 答案：A

解析：made 是 make 的过去式。make 是动词，意为“制造，构成”

等，make a noise 意为“发出噪音，弄出声”。

22. 答案：C

解析：off 是介词，意为“”离开，脱落“，take off one’s clothes

意为脱掉衣服，与其相反的 put on 意为穿上衣服。

23. 答案：E

解析：heard 是 hear 的过去式。hear 是动词，意为“听到”。


126 / 342

24. 答案：B

解析：moment 是名词，意为“瞬间，契机“，常用于固定结构 at the/this

moment 意为”在此刻，此时“。

25. 答案：D

解析：left 是 leave 的过去式。leave 是动词，意为“留下，遗留“。

解答方法：这是一则小笑话，讲的是一个笨贼偷东西不成，反而丢了

衣服。我们先来分析一下各选项。made 是 make 的过去式。make 是

动词，意为“制造，构成”等，moment 是名词，意为“瞬间，契机

“，off 是介词，意为“”离开，脱落“，left 是 leave 的过去式。leave

是动词，意为“留下，遗留“。heard 是 hear 的过去式。hear 是动词，

意为“听到”。第 21 空可由后文的 and woke up the old man and his wife.

make a noise 是固定搭配。第 22 空可由下一段的 he took off his clothes

at once 得出答案。根据上下文句意，小偷听到了丈夫的说话，选择 E

项。24 空表示就在此时用固定用法 at this moment.25 空可根据文意得

出答案。

Passage 17

Once upon a time a poor farmer taking a sack of wheat to the mill did not

know___21___to

do when it slipped from his horse and fell___22___the road.The sack

was______23______heavy for

him to carry,and his only hope was that presently some one would come

riding by and lend a hand.


127 / 342

It was not long___24___a rider appeared,but the farmer's heart sank when

he recognized

him,for it was the great who lived in a castle nearby.The farmer would

have dared to ask___25___

farmer for help,or any poor man who might have come along the road,but

he could not beg a person of great a man.

从前，有个贫穷的农民，带着一袋麦子到磨坊去，当麦子从马上滑落，

掉到地上，不知道做什么？这袋麦子对他来说太重了，以至他拿不

起来。他唯一的希望就是现在有人骑马路过，来帮助他。

不算太久，一个骑士路过。但是这个农民的心沉了下去，当这个农民

认出他，因为他是一个伟大的人物，就住在一个城堡旁边。农民敢

向另一个农民寻求帮助，或者其他路过的穷人，但他不会像这样的

伟大的人物寻求帮助。

1. A.another B. what C. too D. onto E. before

2. A. another B. what C. too D. onto E. before




KEY： BDCEA

21. 答案：B

解析：what 在这里是关系代词，引导宾语从句，作 know 的宾语。

22. 答案：D


128 / 342

解析：onto 是介词，意为“在……之上，对……了解“。onto the road

在马路上。

23. 答案：C

解析：too 是副词，意为“太“，注意 too… to…结构，意为”太……

而不能“，在文中 too heavy to carry 意为：太沉而抬不动。

24. 答案：E

解析：before 是介词，意为“在……之前“，注意文中的结构 It was not

long before,意为”没过多久，过不多久“。

25. 答案：A

解析：another 是形容词，意为“另一个，又一个“。another famer

指另外一个农民。

解答方法：这是一则小故事，讲了一位农民遇到困难等待寻求帮助。

我们先来分析一下选项，another 是形容词，意为“另一个，又一个

“。what 在这里是关系代词，引导宾语从句，too 是副词，意为“太

“，onto 是介词，意为“在……之上，对……了解“。before 是介词，

意为“在……之前“。第 21 空前为 know 空后为 to do,需要填连接词，

选择 what 引导宾语从句。由前后文可知麦子掉在马路上，因此选择

D 项。第 23 空可由 too…to 结构，意为”太……而不能“，因此选

择 C 项。24 空的答案需要了解 It was not long before 的意思，意为“没

过多久”。25 空表示另一个农民要选择 another.

Passage 18


129 / 342

Paris, which is the capital of the European nation of France, is one of the

most beautiful and most famous cities in the world. Paris is called the

City of Light. It is also an international fashion

center. What stylish women are wearing in Paris will be worn by women

21 the world.

Paris is also a famous world center of education. For instance, it is the

headquarters of UNESCO. The Seine River divides the city into two parts.

Thirty two bridge cross this scenic river. The

oldest and perhaps most well known is the Pont Neuf, 22 was built in

the sixteen century.

The Sorbonne, a famous university is located on the Left Bank of the

river.

There are many other famous places in Paris, 23 the famous museum

the Louver as well

as the cathedral of Notre Dame. However, the most famous landmark in

this city must be the

Eiffel Tower. Paris is named after a group of people called the Paris ii.

They 24 a small

village on an island in the middle of the Seine River about two thousand

years ago. This island,

called the lie de la Cite, is 25 Notre Dame is Located. Today around eight

million people


130 / 342

live in the Paris area.

法国的首都巴黎是世界上最美丽最有名的城市之一。巴黎被称为“不

夜城”。巴黎也是一个国际时尚中心。巴黎潮流女性穿的衣服全世

界的女性都会效仿。巴黎也是一个闻名世界的教育中心。比如，巴

黎是教科文组织的总部所在地。塞纳河把巴黎分成两部分。32 座桥

架在塞纳河上。最著名最古老的桥要属建于十六世纪的巴黎新桥了。

闻名世界的巴黎大学就坐落于塞纳河左岸上。

巴黎很多名胜，比如著名的卢浮宫以及巴黎圣母院。但是这个城市的

地标性建筑应该是埃菲尔铁塔。巴黎是因一群叫 the Paris ii 的人而

命名的。约 2000 年前，他们在塞纳河中的一个岛上建了一个小村庄。

这个岛叫做 lie de la Cite,也就是现在巴黎圣母院所在地。现在，大约

有 800 万人口居住在巴黎地区。

1. A. such as B. which C. built D. over all E. where





KEY： DBACE

21. 答案：D

解析：over all 意为“全面地，遍及”，over all the world 遍及全世界。

22. 答案：B

解析: which是连接代词，在这里引导非限制性定语从句，修饰 the Pont


131 / 342

Neuf，非限定性定语从句起补充说明作用，缺少也不会影响全句的理

解，在非限定性定语从句的前面往往有逗号隔开。

23. 答案：A

解析：such as 意为“比如，诸如”，后面跟所列举的例子。

24. 答案：C

解析： built 是 build 的过去式，build 是动词，意为“建造”。

25. 答案：E

解析：where 是连接副词，在这里引导表语从句， where Notre Dame

is located 作主句 is 的表语 called the lle de la cite 分词短语作定语。

解答方法：这是一篇介绍巴黎的文章。让我们先分析一下选项。such

as 意为“比如，诸如”，which 是连接代词，built 是 build 的过去式，

build 是动词，意为“建造”。over all 意为“全面地，遍及”，where

是连接副词。第 21 空为固定用法，考察遍及全世界的用法 over all the

world.第 22 空前是一个完整的句子，主语谓语宾语齐全，后面是一个

非限制性定语从句，前面往往有逗号隔开，起补充说明的作用，用

which 引导。第 23 空后列举了著名的地区，表示列举选择 such as.24

空根据句意表示建造选择 build,第 25 空 is 后的成分为表语，where

表示地点，引导从句。

Passage 19

There was a woman in Detroit, who had two sons. She was worried about

them, especially the younger one, Ben, because he was not doing well in


132 / 342

school. Boys in his class made jokes about him because he seemed so

___21___.

The mother decided that she would herself have to get her sons to do

better in school. She told them to go to the Detroit Public Library to read

a book a week and do a book report for her.

One day, in Ben's ___22___, the teacher held up a rock and asked if

anyone knew it. Ben put up his hand and the teacher let him ___23___.

"Why did Ben put up his hand?" his classmates wondered. "He never said

anything. What could he possibly want to say?" Well, Ben not only

—24___ the rock, but also said a lot about it. He named other rocks in its

group and even knew where the teacher had found it. The teacher and the

students were surprised. Ben had learned all this from doing one of his

book reports.

Ben later went on to the ___25___ of his class. When he finished high

school, he went to Yale University and at last became one of the best

doctors in the United States.

有一位女士生活在底特律，她有两个儿子.她为他们感到担忧，尤其

是对她叫本的小儿子，因为他在学校的功课不好.班上的男生因为他

的迟钝而嘲笑他.

这位母亲决定靠自己的力量，把她的儿子们送到更好的学校.她让她

的两个儿子每星期都去底特律的公共图书馆读一本书，并且写一篇

报告给她.


133 / 342

有一天，在本上课的时候，老师拿出一块石头问有没有了解它的人.

本举起了手，老师让他回答.“为什么本会举手？"大家都很疑惑，"

他从来不说话啊,他会想要说什么呢？“

然而，本不仅了解这种石头，而且能说出很多关于它的知识.他说出

了这块石头的种类，而且甚至知道老师是从哪里找到它的！老师和

同学们都很惊讶.而本是因为做了一篇读书报告学到了所有这些知

识的.

后来（渐渐地)，本成为了班级里的优等生.在中学毕业后，本去了耶

鲁大学；并且最终，他成为了美国最优秀的医生之一.当本长大之后，

他才知道了一件关于他妈妈的，他小的时候并不知道的事情：她，

本身，甚至都不识字.

1. A.top B. slow C. class D. answer E. knew

2. A. top B. slow C. class D. answer E. knew




KEY： BCDEA

21. 答案：B

解析：slow 是形容词，意为“缓慢的”，形容人时意为“迟钝的”。

22. 答案：C

解析：class 是名词，意为“班级“，in the class 意为”在课堂上“。

23. 答案：D


134 / 342

解析：answer 是动词，意为“回答“，如回答问题，answer the question。

24. 答案：E

解析：knew 是 know 的过去式，know 是动词，意为“知道“。

25. 答案：A

解析：top 是形容词，意为“顶部，顶端“，top of the class 意为”班

级第一“。

解答方法：这是一则小故事，讲述一个大家认为迟钝的孩子在家长的

帮助和自己的努力之下取得成功的故事。我们先来分析一下选项。top

是形容词，意为“顶部，顶端“，slow 是形容词，意为“缓慢的”，

class 是名词，意为“班级“，answer 是动词，意为“回答“，knew

是 know 的过去式，know 是动词，意为“知道“。第 21 空可从前文

的意思 he was not doing well in school. Boys in his class made jokes

about him 推断出来此处选择 slow.第 22 空可从后文的老师提问等课

堂活动知道是在课堂上，因此选择 C 项。23 空从后文的 Ben 说出答

案，可知此处老师让 Ben 回答了问题，选择 D 项。24 空根据文意表

示”知道“选择 knew.

25 题从后文 Ben 的杰出表现可知答案。

Passage 20

Water is very important to living things. Without water there can

be___21___life on earth.

All animals and plants need water. Man needs water, too. We need water


135 / 342

to drink, to cook our food and to clean___22___

Water is found almost everywhere. Even in the driest part of the world

there is some water in the air. You can not see it___23___feel it when it

is part of the air. The water in seas, rivers is a

liquid. The water in the air is not a liquid___24___a gas.

Clouds are made of water. They may___25___made of very small drops

of water. Water, you

have found, is very useful, so we must save water.

水是生活中非常重要的东西。没有水，地球上就没有生命。所有的动

植物都需要水。人也需要水。我们需要喝水，煮食物和清洁我们自

己。

水几乎到处都有。即使在世界最干旱的地方空气中也有水。当它在空

气中时，你看不到和感觉到它。在海洋和河流中的水是一种液体。

空气中的水不是液体而是气体。

云是由水构成的。他们可能变成非常小的水滴，你发现，水是非常有

用的，所以我们必须节约用水。

1. A.ourselves B. or C. be D. but E. no

2. A. ourselves B. or C. be D. but E. no




KEY： EABDC


136 / 342

21. 答案：E

解析：no 是形容词，意为“没有，不是”。no life 没有生命。

22．答案：A

解析：ourselves 是反身代词，意为”我们，自己”。

23. 答案：B

解析：or 是连词，意为“或，或者”，用以连接供选择的可能性。

24. 答案：D

解析：but 是连词，意为“但是，而是”,表示转折关系。

25. 答案：C

解析：be made of 表示"由……制成", 一般指能够看出原材料，或制

作过程中发生的是物理变化。

解答方法：这是一篇介绍水的文章，说明水在人们的生活中是多么的

重要，并号召人们节约用水。

我们先来分析一下各选项。ourselves 是反身代词，意为”我们，自己”。

or 是连词，意为“或，或者”，be 是系动词，but 是连词，意为“但

是，而是”, no 是形容词，意为“没有，不是”。21 空可从空前的意

思以及 without“没有“得出答案。22 空表示清洁自己，选择 A 项。

23 空的前后有两个动词，因此要填连词，表示选择关系，选择 or.24

空表示转折关系选择 but.25 空是固定搭配。be made of 表示"由……制

成", 一般指能够看出原材料，或制作过程中发生的是物理变化。


137 / 342

英译汉

1.Tom’s father has taught English here since he graduated from Peking

University.

汤姆的父亲从北京大学毕业后就一直在这里教英语。

2. Please give this book to whoever comes first. 请把这本书给最先来

的人。

3. Though it was late, they kept on working. 尽管已经很晚了，他

们还在继续工作。

4. Apples here like water and sunshine.

这里的苹果喜欢水和阳光。

5. Fred was such a hardworking student that he soon came out first in the

class.

弗瑞德是一个学习十分用功的学生，以至于不久他就成了班里学

习最好的学生。

6. Ted and William have lived under the same roof for five years.

泰德和威廉已经在同一个屋檐下生活了五年了。


138 / 342

7. A lot of natural resources in the mountain area are to be exploited and

used.

那个山区有许多自然资源有待于开发利用。

8. In Foreign Languages Department, a checking machine is used to

correct the students’ test papers.

在外语系，用阅卷机给学生批卷。

9. The students are encouraged by their teacher to do more listening,

reading and writing.

老师鼓励学生多听，多读，多写。

10. There is a large amount of energy wasted due to friction. 由于摩擦

而损耗了大量的能量。

11. This place has plentiful material resources. 这个地方的物质资源是

丰富的。

12. Various substances differ widely in their magnetic characteristics.

各种材料的磁性有很大的不同。

13. The more passions we have, the more happiness we are likely to


139 / 342

experience.

我们的激情越多，我们有可能体验到的快乐就越多。

14. Each time history repeats itself, the price goes up.

历史每重演一次，代价就增加一分。

15. In an age of plenty, we feel spiritual hunger.

在这个物质财富充裕的时代，我们感到精神上的饥渴。

16. In no other country in the world can you find such plants as this one.

像这种植物在世界上的其它任何一个国家中都找不到。

17. I was having a nap when suddenly the telephone rang.

我在睡觉的时，电话铃突然响了。

18. All that glitters is not gold.

闪光的东西，未必都是金子。

19. Bill hit his car into a wall last night. 昨晚比尔开车时撞到了墙

上。

20. Would you please help me with this heavy box? 你能帮我抬一下


140 / 342

这个很沉的箱子吗？

21. He has taught English in this university ever since he moved to this

city.

自从他搬到这个城市以来，他就在这所大学教英语。

22. Transistors are small in size and light in weight. 晶体管的体积小，

重量轻。

23. John and his brother differ in personality even if their differences in

age are not significant.

尽管约翰和他哥哥在年龄上相差不大，但他们的个性却不相同。

24. If you decided to learn a new language, you would have to dedicate

yourself wholeheartedly to the cause.

如果你决定学一门新的语言，你必须全身心地投入。

25. You needn’t go there anymore. He already knows about it.

你不必去了，他已经知道那件事了。

26. As is known to all, China is a developing country.

众所周知，中国是一个发展中国家。


141 / 342

27. The most common samples of inorganic materials are the gases of the

atmosphere, water, rocks, etc.

大气中的气体、水、岩石都是无机物中最普通的实例。

28. As soon as he got home on Friday, his wife made him give her all this

money.

星期五他一回到家，他的妻子就叫他交出所有的钱。

29. They are ordinary people, but did a great job.他们都是普通人，但做

得很好。

30. I have a pain in my back.我的背部很疼。

31. What’s you nationality, Sir?先生，请问你是什么国籍的？

32. The doctor told me to drink more water.医生告诉我多喝水。

33. Trees need water to grow.树木需要水才能生长。

34. Were there any phone calls for me while I was out?我不在时，有人打

电话给我吗？


142 / 342

35. We must take some measures to control the pollution.我们必须采取

措施来控制污染。

36. I’m sure we’ll have a good time.我想我们会过得很愉快。

37. He’s growing more like his father now.他现在长的越来越像他爸

爸。

38. You’d better do that again.你最好再做一次。

39. Since the earth looks like a ball, the sun can shine on only half of it at

a time.

由于地球看起来像个球，太阳在同一时刻只能照到它的一半。

40. The school therefore plans games and matches for its pupils.

因此，学校为学生们安排游戏和比赛。

41. Who can help me clean the room?谁能帮我打扫这个房间？

42. If you travel by ship across the pacific, you cross the International

Date Line.


143 / 342

如果你乘坐轮船横渡太平洋，你会穿越国际日期变更线。

43. Some of her pictures were shown in an art exhibition in Shanghai

when she was 4 years old.

在她 4 岁的时候，她的一些画就在上海的一个艺术展览中展出过。

44. Would you mind closing the window for me ?你介意为我关上窗户

吗？

45. I’ve lost interest in my work.我对这份工作已经失去了兴趣。

46. When she got back home, she showed her new beautiful hat to her

husband.

当她回到家时，给她丈夫展示了她买的漂亮帽子。

47. Will you donate more money for the poor?

你愿意为穷人捐更多的钱吗？

48. He was all sweating.

他全身都出汗了。

49. The pub will not be closed until 9’oclock.Now it is only 7’oclock.


144 / 342

酒吧 9 点才关门，现在才 7 点钟。

50．You are free to go or stay.去与留悉听尊便。

51. I picked up the bag to protect my face from the smoke and heat.

我捡起包捂在脸上挡住烟和热。

52.I was too excited to say a word in front of him.

我当时太兴奋了，以至于在他面前什么也说不出来了。

53.I’m now a distance education student.我现在是一个远程教育的学

生。

54、Fires may do more damage than the earthquakes.

火所造成的损失可能比地震还严重。

55.Business success depends on hard work. 事业的成功在于努力的工

作。

56、A good memory is a great help in learning a language.

好的记忆有助于语言的学习。


145 / 342

57. Reduce dosage if restlessness or sleeplessness takes place.

一旦出现烦躁、失眠等症状，请减少剂量。

58. She always keeps smiling when listening to the teacher.

她总是微笑着听老师讲课。

59. These five boys failed in their English exam last term. 这五个男孩上

学期英语考试没通过。

60.These two students from our school have been admitted to Beijing

University.

我们学校这两个学生已经被北京大学录取了

阅读理解

Passage 1-(法国革命)

The French Revolution broke out in 1789. At the time France was in a

crisis. The government was badly run and people's lives were miserable.

King Louis XIV tried to control the national parliament and raise more

taxes. But his effort failed. He ordered his troops to Versailles. The

people thought that Louis intended to put down the Revolution by force.

On July 14,1789, they stormed and took the Bastille, where political


146 / 342

prisoners were kept. Ever since that day, July 14 has been the French

National Day. Louis tried to flee the country in 1792 to get support from

Austria and Prussia. However, he was caught and put in prison. In

September 1792, the monarchy was abolished. In the same year, Louis

was executed. A few months later his wife, Marie also had her head cut

off. The Revolution of France had frightened the other kings of Europe.

Armies from Austria and Prussia began to march against France. The

French raised republican armies to defend the nation. The Revolution

went through a period of terror. Thousands of people lost their lives. In

the end, power passed to Napoleon Bonaparte. (190 words)

法国大革命于 1789 年爆发。当时法国正处在一片混乱中，政府腐败，

人民生活凄惨。路易十六世企图控制议会并增加赋税，但最后失败

了。他命令军队进入凡尔赛。人民都认为他企图用武力镇压革命。

1789 年 7 月 14 日，人民群众爆发了，攻占了关押政治犯的巴士底狱。

从那天以后，7 月 14 日就被定为法国的国庆日。1792 年，路易十六

企图逃离法国，并从奥地利和普鲁士获得支持，但他被捕了。1792 年

王室被废除，路易十六被处以死刑。几个月后，他的妻子，玛丽也被

处以死刑。法国大革命令欧洲其它国家的国王感到害怕。奥地利和

普鲁士的军队进入了法国。法国人民组织起了共和军来保卫祖国，革

命陷入了一个艰苦阶段。成千上万的人牺牲了。最后，权力落入了拿

破仑.波拿巴手中。

What's this passage about?这篇文章主要讲了什么？


147 / 342

A.France. B. King Louis. C. The French Revolution. 法国大革命

D.Europe.

答案：C

知识点：主旨题

解析：文章第一句就点明主旨，即文章的核心内容：法国大革命。接

下来的所有内容都是围绕法国大革命的具体细节展开。

解题方法：通读归纳法。一般来说，文章主旨都会出现在第一句或最

后一句，但有时也会出现在文内。所以，通读全篇，弄清文意才是关

键。

Which did not happen in 1789?以下哪件事不是发生在 1789 年？

The French Revolution broke out.

The national economy was developing rapidly.国家经济快速发展。

The government wasn't well run.

King Louis XIV was in power.

答案：B

知识点：正误判断题。

解析：ACD 项都能从文章中直接找到。但 B 项内容完全与法国大革

命的环境相悖。

解题方法：排除法。阅读所有选项，与文中细节一一对应，然后排除。

Where were the political prisoners kept?那些政治犯被关押在哪里？


148 / 342

A. In Versailles. B. In Austria. C. In Prussia. D. In Bastille.巴士底狱

答案：D

知识点：细节题。

解析：文章前半部分交代了这个内容，可以在文中直接找到相关句子。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找和题干句子相似的句子即可。

What does the underlined word "abolished" mean?划了下划线的

“abolished ” 这个词是什么意思？

A. Put off. B. Established. C. United. D. Ended.废除。

答案：D

知识点：词义题。

解析：文章中间部分讲述“Louis was caught and put in prison.”“国

王路易十六被捕”。由此可以推断出，法国王室应该是被废除了。A

项 put off “推迟”；B 项 established “建立”；C 项 united“联合”

与“废除”均无关。

解题方法：上下文推断法。根据上下文含义，推断具体某个词的含义。

What was NOT the effect of the Revolution?以下哪个不是法国大革命

产生的效果？

July 14 has become the French National Day.

It brought some impact on the other European Kings.

C. Louis's wife, Marie was killed.

D. The king tried to control the national parliament.国王试图控制议会。


149 / 342

答案：D


解析：ABC 项都可以从文中找到具体句子说明。D 项不是大革命产

生的效果，而是它爆发的原因。

解题方法：排除法。从文中找出各项对应的句子，判断其是否与题干

相关，一一判断排除。

KEY： CBDDD

Passage 2—(美国印象）

A foreigner's first impression of the U.S. is likely to be that everyone is in

a rush-often under pressure. City people appear always to be hurrying to

get where they are going restlessly, seeking attention in a store,and

elbowing others as they try to complete their errands (任务）.Racing

through daytime meals is part of the pace of life in this country.

一个外国人对于美国的第一印象很有可能是每个人都在压力下匆匆

忙忙。城市里的人总是表现得匆匆忙忙不知疲倦的，为了尽快做完

一件事情，他们会在店里拼命引起店员的注意或者用胳膊肘推搡别

人。白天匆忙就餐也是这个国家生活节奏的一个部分。

Working time is considered precious. Others in public eating places are

waiting for you to finish so that they too can be served and get back to

work within the time allowed. Each person hurries to make room for the

next person. If you don't, waiters will hurry you.

工作时间被认为是很珍贵的。在一些公共饮食场所，其他人会等在你


150 / 342

旁边等你吃完，这样大家都可以得到服务，并赶在规定的时间内回

去工作。每个人都会尽快给下一个人腾出地方。如果你不这样，侍

者会催促你的。

You also find drivers will be abrupt and that people will push past you.

You will miss smiles, brief conversations, and small courtesies with

strangers. Don't take it personally. This is because people value time

highly, and they resent someone else "wasting" it beyond a certain

courtesy point.

你会发现司机也都很匆忙，人们从你身边匆匆走过。你会错过一些微

笑，简短的交谈和一些与陌生人的小礼节。不要在意，这是因为他

们非常珍惜时间，而且他们认为一旦太注重这些社交礼节就是浪费

时间。

The view of time affects the importance we attach to patience. In the

American system of values, patience is not a high priority. Many of us

have what might be called "a short fuse." We begin to move restlessly

about if we feel time is slipping away without some returnbe this in terms

of pleasure, work value, or rest. Those coming from lands where time is

looked upon differently may find this matter of pace to be one of their

most difficult adjustments in both business and daily life.

对时间的观念还会影响到我们对耐心的理解。在美国价值体系中，耐

心并不是首要考虑的。我们中的很多人被称为“脾气火爆”。如果

我们觉得时间在毫无意义的溜走，既没有娱乐价值，工作价值，也不


151 / 342

在休息，那就会开始不停地徘徊。那些来自时间观念不同的国家的人

发现他们在商业和日常生活中最困难的就是对时间节奏的适应。

Many newcomers to the States will miss the opening courtesy of a

business call, for example, they will miss the ritual socializing that goes

with a welcoming cup of tea or coffee they may be traditional in their

own country. They may miss leisurely business chats in a cafe or

coffeehouse. Normally, Americans do not assess their visitors in such

relaxed surroundings over prolonged small talks. We seek out evidence of

past performance rather than evaluate a business colleague through social

courtesies. Since we generally assess and probe professionally rather than

socially, we start talking business very quickly. (348 words)

许多刚到美国来的人都会想念他们在商业会谈中一些开场礼节。举个

例子，他们会想念欢迎你到来而泡的一杯茶或咖啡这样的社交礼仪，

这在他们国家是常规礼仪。他们会想念在咖啡屋悠闲的会谈。而通

常，美国人不会与来访者在这么悠闲的环境中进行一些冗长的小会

谈。对于同事，我们总是看他过去的表现而不是与他的社交礼仪。

因为我们一般都是更注重专业性的，而不是社交性的，因此我们总是

很快进入正题。

Which of the following statements is wrong? 以下哪项陈述是错误的？

Americans seem to be always under pressure.

Americans attach less importance to patience.

Americans don't care much about ritual socializing.


152 / 342

Americans are impolite to their business colleagues.美国人对他们的同

事不礼貌。

答案：D


解析：A 项在第一段的第一句有明确说明；B 项在第四段可看到；C

项在最后一段可以看出。而 D 项文中并未提到。

解题方法：排除法。把各项与文中信息一一对应排除。

In the fourth paragraph, "a high priority" means .第四段中的 “a high

priority"是什么

意思？

A. a less important thing B. a first concern 要首要考虑的。

C. a good business D. an attractive gift

答案：B

知识点：语义题。

解析：根据上下文内容，我们可以知道：美国人做事匆忙，没什么耐

心。所以，可以推断：耐心对他们而言并不是最先要考虑的。a first

concern “首要考虑的“，所以选 B。a high priority “优先考虑的”

解题方法：根据上下文推断出生词的含义，再到选项中找意思最接近

的。

13.Americans evaluate a business colleague .美国人评价他们的同事是


153 / 342

根据。

A. through social courtesy B. through prolonged business talks

C. by establishing business relations D. by learning about their past

performance 他们过去的表现。

答案：D


解析：文章最后一段的后半部分直接有句子说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。到文中仔细寻找与题干类似的句子。

14.This passage mainly talks about .本文主要讲了。

how Americans treasure their time 美国人是怎样珍惜时间的。

how busy Americans are every day

how Americans do business with foreigners

what American way of life is like

答案：A

知识点：主旨题。

解析：文章从第一段开始就一直描述“美国人生活地多么匆忙”，在

第二段的第一句就揭示了他们匆忙生活的原因，即“他们认为时间非

常珍贵。”

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全文，了解文意，是回答主旨题的最根

本方法。


154 / 342

15.We can infer from the passage that the author's tone in writing is .

从本文我们可以看出作者写作的口吻是。

A. critical B. ironical C. appreciative 欣赏的。 D. objective

答案：C

知识点：观点态度题。

解析：通读全文，我们可以看到文章中并没有很明显的表示作者感情

的词语，他仅仅是可观讲述了美国人的时间观念，因此是较为客观的。

A 项 critical 批判的；B 项 ironical 讽刺的；C 项 appreciate 欣赏的；

D 项 objective 客观的

解题方法：体会法。通读全文，仔细体会作者的本意，尤其要注重结

尾部分。一般来说，作者的态度在结尾处表现得更明显。

KEY： DBDAC

Passage 3--(机场女孩）

Sixteen-year-old Maria was waiting in line at the airport in Santo

Domingo. She was leaving her native country to join her sister in the

United States. She spoke English very well. Though she was very happy

she could go abroad, she was feeling sad at leaving her family and fiends.

As she was thinking all about this, she suddenly heard the airline

employee asking her to pick up her luggage and put it on the scales

(称）.Maria pulled and pulled. The bag was too heavy and she just

couldn't lift it up. The man behind her got very impatient. He, too, was

waiting to check in his luggage.


155 / 342

Maria,十六岁，她正在圣多明各(多米尼加首都)的机场排队等候。她

正要离开自己的祖国去美国和她的姐姐团聚。她的英语讲得很好。

虽然她要出国了觉得很高兴，但此时要离开她的家人和朋友也很伤

心。正在她想这些的时候，她突然听到机场的工作人员正在叫她把行

李放到称上。Maria 拉了又拉，包太重，她根本抬不起来。她后面的

男人很不耐烦了。他也是等着托运行李的。

"What's wrong with this girl?" He said, "Why doesn't she hurry up?" He

moved forward and placed his bag on the counter, hoping to check in fist.

He was in a hurry to get a good seat.

“这女孩怎么了？ ”他说道，“她为什么不快点？ ”他走到前面，

把包放在台上，希望能先登记。他急着想要得到一个好的座位。

Maria was very angry, but she was very polite. And in her best English

she said, "Why are you so upset? There are enough seats for everyone on

the plane. If you are in such a hurry, why can't you give me a hand with

my luggage?"

Maria 很生气，但她很有礼貌。她用最优美的英语说，“你为什么如

此不耐烦？飞机上的每个人都有座位。如果你真的很急，为什么不

能帮我搬一下行李？ ”

The man was surprised to hear Maria speak English. He quickly picked

up her luggage and stepped back. Everyone was looking at him with

disapproval. (224 words)

这男人听到 Maria 会讲英语觉得很惊讶。他很快拿起自己的行李退了


156 / 342

回去。每个人都很不赞成得看着他。

Maria's story happened . Maria 的故事发生在什么时候？

A. when she was leaving America B. on her way back to Santo

Domingo

C. before she left the USA D. when she arrived at the airport 她到达

机场后。

答案：D、


解析：从文章第一段第一句，可以看到“她正在机场“。

解题方法：直接寻找法。到文中找出题目可能在的范围，然后具体寻

找与题目相关的句子。

You believe that the work of the airline employee mentioned in the story

is to at the airport.

你认为故事中提到的机场工作人员的工作是什么？

A. help carry people's luggage B. ask people to pick up the luggage

C. check people's luggage 检查旅客的行李 D. take care of people's

luggage

答案：C

知识点：推断题。

解析：在第一段的后半部分说到“让她把行李放称上“，看到这句，

考生很可能就会误选成 B 了。但再深一步思考把行李放称上的原因，


157 / 342

就可以知道是为了检查行李，所以选 C。

解题方法：推断法。从文中找到与题目相关的句子后，再深入思考一

下背后的深层原因。

"Why are you so upset?" Maria said to the man. She wanted to tell him

that he should not be

. “为什么你如此不耐烦？ ” Maria 对那个男人说。她这么说是

要告诉他不要不高兴。

A. surprised B. sad C. unhappy D. sorry

答案：C

知识点：分析题。

解析：在第二段末尾，“He was in hurry to get a good seat.”从这句话

可以看出，这个人很焦急，因为 Maria 放行李很慢，也阻碍了他，所

以他不高兴。

解题方法：代入法。把自己代入文中角色，身临其境地体会人物的想

法和心情。

"Everyone was looking at him with disapproval." This sentence means

that the people around felt .

“每个人都很不赞成地看着他”这句话的意思是周围的人为这男人的

行为感到很遗憾。

A. worried about Maria B. worried about the man


158 / 342

C. sorry for Maria's manners D. sorry for the man's manners

答案：D


解析：结合上文，可以看出这个男人的做法是不对的，引起了周围人

的反感，不是担心，AB 两项排除。be sorry for “为••••••感到抱歉

“，这儿这可能是为男人的行为，绝不会是 Maria.所以，选 D。

解题方法：排除法。将选项与题目对应，一一分析排除。

The author mentioned Maria's age at the beginning of the story in order to

show that .

作者在故事的开头就提到 Maria 的年龄是为了表达什么？

she was young but behaved properly 她很小，但行为很得体。

she would not have left home alone

everyone around her was wrong

it was not good that nobody offered to help her

答案：A


解析：作者开头就点出 Maria 的年龄很小。再结合后面的情节，可以

推断出她的行为得体，比那个成年男人举止更得体。这是作者想表达

的。此题容易误选 D。

解题方法：结合上下文，把前后文对应，找出内在的联系。

KEY： DCCDA


159 / 342

Passage 4 (英国和法国）

Britain and France are separated by the English Channel, a body of water

that can be crossed in as few as 20 minutes. But the cultures of the two

countries sometimes seem to be miles apart.

英国和法国被英吉利海峡阻隔，游泳穿越该海峡只要不到 20 分钟的

时间。但这两个国家的文化有时相差十万八千里。

Last Thursday Britain and France celebrated the 100th anniversary (周年

纪念）of the signing of a friendship agreement called the Entente

Cordiality. The agreement marked a new beginning for the countries

following centuries of wars and love-hate partnership.

上星期四，英国和法国庆祝了《友好协议》签订 100 周年的纪念活动。

该协议标志着两个国家在经历了几个世纪的战争和爱恨交织的关系

后的新篇章。

But their relationship has been ups and downs over the past century. Just

last year, there were fierce disagreements over the Iraq war-which British

Prime Minister Tony Blair supported despite French President Jacques

Chirac speaking out against it. This discomfort is expressed in Blair and

Chirac's body language at international meetings. While the French leader

often greets German Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder with a hug (拥抱），

Blair just receives a handshake. However, some political experts say the

war in Iraq could in fact have helped ties.

但他们的关系在上个世纪也经历了几番起落。仅去年，对伊拉克战争


160 / 342

问题进行了激烈的争论-英国首相布莱尔支持而法国总统希拉克反

对。国际会议中，这种别扭在布莱尔和希拉克的身体语言中表现得很

明显。当法国领导人频频与德国总理格哈特•施罗德拥抱时，布莱尔

只得到了握手。然而，有些政治专家说正是伊拉克战争促进了两国

的关系。

The history of divisions may well be because of the very different ways

in which the two sides see the world. But this doesn't stop 12 million

Britons taking holidays in France each year. However, only 3 million

French come in the opposite direction. Surveys (调查）show that most

French people feel closer to the Germans than they do to the British. And

the research carried out in Britain has found that only a third of the

population believes the French can be trusted. Perhaps this bad feeling

comes because the British dislike France's close relationship with

Germany, or because the French are not happy with Britain's close links

with the US.

这种历来的分离也许是好的，因为这两个国家对世界的看法完全不

同。但是这并没有阻隔 1200 万的英国人每年到法国度假。而法国仅

有 300 万的人民去英国度假。调查显示大多数法国人对德国人比对

英国人亲切。并且在英国进行的调查显示仅有 1/3 的英国人信任法国

人。也许这种坏的感觉是因为英国人不喜欢法国跟德国的亲密关系，

或者因为法国对英国和美国的亲密关系感到不悦。

Whatever the answer is, as both sides celebrate 100 years of "doubtful


161 / 342

friendship", they are at least able to make jokes about each other. Here's

one: What's the best thing about Britain's relationship with France? The

English Channel. (320 words)

不论答案是什么，双方能在一起庆祝这种“不确定的友好关系” 100

周年，至少证明他们会相互开玩笑了。其中一条就是：英国与法国

的关系的最好见证是什么？是英吉利海峡。

For centuries, the relationship between Britain and France is .

几世纪以来，英国与法国的关系是一种的爱恨交织的关系。

A. friendly B. impolite C. brotherly D. a mixture of love and hate

答案：D


解析：第二段最后一句有明确说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到题目对应的区域，即第几段，然后在那

段中仔细找出意思相近的句子。

The war in Iraq does to the relationship between France and Britain.

伊拉克战争对英国和法国的关系起到既好又坏的作用。

A. good B. harm

C. neither good nor harm D. both good and harm

答案：D


解析：在第三段中，前面几句话都表述了在伊拉克战争的问题上，英


162 / 342

法两国是对立的，这对两国关系有坏的影响。但 However 之后的那

句话，则表明专家们认为这也促进两国关系的进步。综合之后，即是

伊拉克战争对英法两国既有好的影响又有坏的作用。

解题方法：综合法。题目中包含两层或多层含义时，要在文中找出对

应的内容，再综合一下。

The British are not so friendly to and the French are not so friendly to .

英国对德国不是那么友好，法国对美国也不是那么友好。

A. Germany; America B. America; Germany

C. Germany; Germany D. America; America

答案：A


解析：第四段倒数第一句有明确的说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中相关段落找到与题目相关的信息。

are more interested in having holidays in . 英国人更喜欢到法国度

假。

A. American people,,,Britain B. British people •” Germany

C. French people …Britain D. British people …France

答案：D


解析：第四段前半部分有句子明确说明。


163 / 342

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中相关段落找到与题目相关的信息。

What does the last sentence mean?文章的最后一句的意思是什么？

As long as the English Channel exists, no further disagreement will form

between France and Britain.

The English Channel can prevent anything unfriendly happening in both

France and Britain.

France and Britain are near neighbors, and this will help balance the

relationship between them. 法国和英国是一衣带水的邻邦，这会帮助

两国平衡他们之间的关系。

The English Channel is the largest enemy between France and Britain

答案：C


解析：文章最后一句与第一句相互呼应。在第一句中，提出英吉利海

峡就是为了说明英法两国地理位置上的毗邻关系。再者，通读文章后，

可以看出作者对英法两国关系的改善是抱有期待的。综合二者，选 C。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读文章后，了解作者意图，从而回答出文

章中关键语句的内在含义。

KEY： DDADC

Passage 5 (社区服务）

Community service is an important component of education here at our

university. We encourage all students to volunteer for at least one


164 / 342

community activity before they graduate. A new community program

called "One On One" helps elementary students who've fallen behind.

Your education majors might be especially interested in it because it

offers the opportunity to do some teaching, that is, tutoring in math and

English.

社区服务是我们大学教育的一个重要的部分。我们鼓励所有的学生在

毕业前至少从事一项社区活动。一项新的叫做“一对一”的社区计

划是用于帮助那些落后的小学生的。读教育专业的学生也许对这项

计划尤其感兴趣，因为它为你提供了教学（教数学和英语）的机会。

You'd have to volunteer two hours a week for one semester. You can

choose to help a child with math, English, or both. Half-hour lessons are

fine, so you could do a half hour of each subject two days a week.

你在一个学期内每周得自愿工作两小时。你可以选择教小孩数学，英

语，或两者都教。一节课半小时比较好，因此你可以每周教两天，

每次每门课半小时。

Professor Dodge will act as a mentor to the tutors — he'll be available to

help you with lesson plans or to offer suggestions for activities. He has

office hours every Tuesday and Thursday afternoon. You can sign up for

the program with him and begin the tutoring next week.

道奇教授将担任这些家庭教师的顾问。他会帮你制订教学计划或提供

活动的建议。他的办公时间是每周二和周四下午。你可以在他那签

约参与这个计划并于下周开始工作。


165 / 342

I'm sure you'll enjoy this community service ••• and you'll gain valuable

experience at the same time. It looks good on your resume, too, showing

that you've had experience with children and that you care about your

community. If you'd like to sign up, or if you have any questions, stop by

Professor Dodge's office this week. (220 words)

我确信你会喜欢这项社区服务，同时你也能获得宝贵的经验。能在你

的简历上表明你有教孩子的经验而且你能关心你的社区，应该是很

不错的一件事。如果你愿意签约或如果你有任何问题，于本周前往道

奇教授的办公室。

What is the purpose of the talk? 这段话的目的是什么？

To explain a new requirement for graduation.

To interest students in a new community program.是为了使学生们对一

项新的社区计划感兴趣。

To discuss the problems of elementary school students.

To recruit elementary school teachers for a special program.

答案：B


解析：据第一段的前两句，就可以看出文章主要是来推行一项新的社

区计划，并且引起大学生对这项计划的兴趣。

解题方法：直接寻找法。一般主旨会出现在文章的第一段和最后一段，

认真读完这两个部分，就可以知道文章主要内容。


166 / 342

What is the purpose of the program that the speaker describes?

讲话人所说的这项计划的目的是什么？

To find jobs for graduating students.

To help education majors prepare for final exams.

To offer tutorials to elementary school students.为小学生提供家教服

务。

To provide funding for a community service project.

答案：C


解析：第一段中说明了计划的对象是成绩不好的小学生；而第二段中

具体说明了给这些小学生们提供的是家教服务。

解题方法：综合法。在文中找到题目对应的细节，将它们综合起来。

What does Professor Dodge do? 道奇教授是干什么的？

He advises students to participate in certain program.他为学生参力口某

项计划提供建议。

He teaches part-time in an elementary school.

He observes elementary school students in the classroom.

He helps students prepare their resumes.

答案：A


解析：第三段的第一句有明确说明。


167 / 342

解题方法：直接寻找法。根据题目内容，找到它在文中的相关段落，

仔细阅读，找出细节。

What should students who are interested in the tutorials do?

对家教有兴趣的学生应该怎么做？

Contact the elementary school.

Sign up for a special class.

Submit a resume to the dean.

Talk to Professor Dodge. 和道奇教授谈谈。

答案：D


解析：将题目换个说法，就是如何获得这份家教工作？在最后一句可

以找到答案。

解题方法：直接寻找法。理解题目问的内容，找到它在文中的位置，

仔细阅读后找到答案。

Whom do you think the speaker addresses?

你认为说话者是在对谁说这些话的。学生。

A. Faculty. B. Students. C. Residents D. Graduated

students.

答案：B



168 / 342

解析：在第一段中，有相关短语，如“our university”, “before they

graduate”,可以推断出说话的对象是未毕业的本校大学生。

解题方法：分析法。找出与题目相关的内容后，对它们进行分析和整

合。

KEY： BCADB

Passage 6 (纸）

Paper is one of the most important products ever invented by man. Wide

spread use of written language would not have been possible without

some cheap and practical material to write on. The invention of paper

meant that more people could be educated because more books could be

printed and distributed. Together with the printing press, paper provided

an extremely important way to communicate knowledge.

纸是人类发明的最重要的产品之一。没有一些便宜而又实用的材料来

写的话，书面语也不可能广泛传播。纸的发明意味着更多的人可以

接受教育，因为更多的书可以印出来并分发出去。纸和印刷一起为

知识的交流提供了极其重要的途径。

How much paper do you use every year? Probably you cannot answer

that question quickly. In 1990 the world's use of paper was about one

kilogram for each person a year. Now some countries use as much as 50

kilograms of paper for each person a year. Countries like the United

States, England and Sweden use more paper than other countries.

我们每年用多少纸呢？也许你无法很快回答出这个问题。在 1900 年，


169 / 342

全世界的用纸量是每年人均一公斤左右。现在有些国家的用量达到

每年人均 50 公斤。像美国，英国和瑞典这样的国家的用量远超其他

各国。

Paper, like many other things that we use today, was first made in China.

In Egypt and the West, paper was not very commonly used before the

year 1400. The Egyptians wrote on a kind of material made of a water

plant. Europeans used parchment for many hundreds of year. Parchment

was very strong; it was made from the skin of certain young animals. We

have learnt of the most important facts of European history from records

that were kept on parchment. (208words)像许多其他我们用的东西一

样，纸最早发明于中国。在埃及和西方，十五世纪前纸并没有广泛

使用。埃及人写字写在一种水生植物做成的材料上。欧洲人用羊皮纸

用了好几百年。羊皮纸很牢固，它是用某些幼年动物的皮做成的。

从羊皮纸上保存的记录中我们了解到关于欧洲历史的最重要的事情。

What's the meaning for the word "parchment"? “parchment ” 的意思

是什么？

The skin of young animals.

A kind of paper made from the skin of certain young animals.

一种用某些幼年动物的皮做成的纸。

The paper used by European countries.

The paper of Egypt.

答案：B


170 / 342


解析：第三段中，parchment 这个词后面有一句是关于它的解释。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到题目中所要解释的词对应的地方，在它

的上下文寻找。

Which of the following is not mentioned about the invention of paper?

关于纸的发明下面哪项没有被提到？

More jobs could be provided than before.工作机会比以前更多了

More people could be educated than before.

More books could be printed and distributed.

More ways could be used to exchange knowledge.

答案：A


解析：BCD 在文中第一段都有说明，A 没有提及。

解题方法：排除法。在文中找到各项，一一对应排除。

When did the Egyptians begin to use paper widely?

埃及人什么时候开始广泛地使用纸？大约在 1400 年。

A. Around 1400. B. Around 1900. C. Around 400. D. Around 900.

答案：A


解析：第三段的第二句话有明确说明。


171 / 342

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到题目的所在位置，然后就可以根

据文章内容进行选择。

Which of the following countries uses more paper for each person a year?

以下哪个国家每年人均用纸量更大？瑞典。

A. China B. Sweden C. Egypt D. Japan

答案：B


解析：第二段的最后一句有明确说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到题目相关的内容，然后根据文中

内容选择。

What is the main idea of this short talk?

这篇文章的主要内容是什么？

More and more paper is being consumed nowadays.

Paper enables people to receive education more easily.

The invention of paper is of great significance to man.纸的发明对人类

非常重要。

D．Paper contributes a lot to the keeping of historical records.

答案：C



172 / 342

解析：第一段第一句就是讲纸的发明对人类具有重要的意义。接下来

的各段都是围绕这个话题展开的，比如第二段讲人类对纸的需求很

大，第三段讲纸在各国的发展历史等。都是为了说明纸这项发明对人

类很重要。

解题方法：通读归纳法。仔细阅读全文后，结合第一段内容，归纳全

文重心所在。

KEY： BAABC

Passage7 (美国国旗）

Laws have been written to govern the use of American National Flag, and

to ensure proper respect for the flag. Custom has also governed the

common practice in regard to its use. All the armed services have precise

regulations on how to display the national flag. This may vary somewhat

from the general rules. The national flag should be raised and lowered by

hand. Do not raise the flag while it is folded. Unfolded the flag first, and

then hoist it quickly to the top of the flagpole. Lower it slowly and with

dignity. Place no objects on or over the flag. Do not use the flag as part of

a costume or athletic uniform. Do not print it upon cushions,

handkerchief, paper napkins or boxes. A federal law provides that the

trademark cannot be registered if it comprises the flag, or badgers of the

US. When the flag is used to unveil a statue or monument, it shouldn't

serve as a covering of the object to be unveiled. If it is displayed on such

occasions, do not allow the flag to the ground, but let it be carried high up


173 / 342

in the air to form a feature of the ceremony. Take every precaution to

prevent the flag from soiled. It should not be allowed to touch the ground

or floor, nor to brush against objects.

己经制定了法律来规定美国国旗的使用，并确保对国旗应有的尊敬。

关于国旗的使用也早己有了惯例。全军就国旗的展开方法有明确的规

定，这与常规有点不同。国旗的升降应由手工完成。国旗未展开时

不能升起。应先使它展开，然后快速把它升至旗杆顶部。缓慢、庄严

地降下。旗上不可以放东西。不要把国旗镶嵌在衣服或运动装上，也

不要把国旗印在垫子、手帕、纸巾或盒子上。联邦法律规定如果某个

商标含有美国国旗或国徽，这个商标就不能被注册。当国旗被用来为

雕像或纪念碑揭幕时，不可以盖在被揭幕物上。如果国旗被用在这种

场合，则不能让它掉到地上而应悬在空中作为这个仪式的象征。特别

注意不要玷污国旗，不允许触到地面或擦着物体。

How do Americans ensure proper respect for the national flag?

美国人是如何确保对国旗应有的尊敬的？

A. By making laws.通过制定法律。 B. By enforcing discipline.

C. By educating the public. D. By holding ceremonies.

答案：A


解析：第一句话明确说明了。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到与题目相关的内容，然后进行选

择。


174 / 342

What is the regulation regarding the raising of the American National

Flag?升美国国旗有何规定？

A. It should be raised by soldiers. B. It should be raised quickly by hand.

应该快速用手升起

C. It should be raised only by Americans. D. It should be raised by

mechanical means.

答案：B


解析：文章前半部分有句子明确说明了。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到与题目相关的内容，然后进行选

择。

How should the American National Flag be displayed at an unveiling

ceremony?

揭幕仪式上应该如何使用国旗？

It should be attached to the status.

It should be hung from the top of the monument.

It should be spread over the object to be unveiled.

It should be carried high up in the air.应该悬挂在空中

答案：D



175 / 342

解析：文章的后半部分有句子直接说明了。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到与题目相关的句子，然后根据它

进行选择。

What do we learn about the use of the American National Flag?

对于美国国旗的使用我们知道了什么？

There has been a lot of controversy over the use of flag.

The best athletes can wear uniforms with the design of the flag.

There are precise regulations and customs to be followed.要严格遵守规

定禾口习惯。

Americans can print the flag on their cushions or handkerchiefs.

答案：C


解析：AB 两项在文中并未说明，C 项在第一句就明确表明了，而 D

项与文意意思相反，故不选。

解题方法：排除法。在文中找到各项对应的内容，一一对比排除。

10．What is Americans' attitude towards their National Flag?美国人对于

自己的国旗是什么态度？

A. Arbitrary. B. Respect. 尊敬 C. Happy. D. Brave.

答案：B

知识点：观点态度题。


176 / 342

解析：第一句就明确说明了一个词“respect”，尊重。后面的所有内

容都是围绕这点开展的。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全文后，归纳出文章主要核心，尤其注

意开始的句子，它们更多的揭示文章的观点和态度。

KEY： ABDCB

Passage 8 (肥皂剧）

It has been reported that in colleges across the United States, the daytime

serial drama known as the soap opera has suddenly become "in". Between

the hours of 11 a. m. and 4:30 p. m., college television lounges are filled

with soap opera fans who can't wait to see the next episode in the lives of

their favorite characters.

据报道，在美国大学里，被称为肥皂剧的日间系列剧突然“火” 了

起来。上午 11 点至下午 4: 30，大学电视观看室里挤满了肥皂剧迷，

他们急着想看自己所崇拜的偶像的下一集生活剧。

Actually, soaps are more than a college favorite; they're a youth favorite.

When school is out, high-school students are in front of their TV sets.

One young working woman admitted that she turned down a higher

paying job rather than give up watching her favorite serials. During the

1960's, it was uncommon for young people to watch soap operas. The

mood of the sixties was very different from now. It was a time of

seriousness, and talk was about social issues of great importance.

其实，肥皂剧不仅仅是大学生最喜爱的节目，也是年轻人最喜爱的。


177 / 342

放学后，中学生都挤在电视机前观看节目。有一个年轻的职业妇女

坦诚说起曾经拒绝了一份薪水不错的工作而不愿放弃观看最喜爱的

系列剧。20 世纪 60 年代年轻人很少看肥皂剧。那时的情况与现在很

不相同。那是很严肃的时期，人们所谈的都是关于很重要的社会大

事。

Now, seriousness has been replaced by fun. Young people want to be

happy. It may seem strange that they should turn to soap opera, which is

known for showing trouble in people's lives. But soap opera is enjoyment.

Young people can identify with the soap opera character, who, like the

college-age viewer, is looking for happy love, and probably not finding it.

And soap opera gives young people a chance to feel close to people

without having to bear any responsibility for their problems.

现在，严肃己被娱乐取代。年轻人想寻找快乐。如果他们想看表现生

活烦恼的肥皂剧就会显得很奇怪。但肥皂剧是令人快乐的。年轻人

可以模仿肥皂剧里的人物，这些人物像大学生观众一样，在寻找快乐

的爱情，也许还没找到。肥皂剧给年轻人一个贴近人们的机会但对于

他们的问题却不必承担责任。

What is soap opera?什么是肥皂剧？

Plays based on science fiction stories.

Plays based on non-fiction stories.

The daytime serial dramas on TV. 白天的电视系列剧。

Popular documentary films on TV.


178 / 342

答案：C


解析：第一句有明确说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到题目对应的内容，根据它选择。

What can be the best title of the passage?这篇文章的最佳题目是什么？

A. College student viewers. B. Favorite TV serials.

C. Soap opera fans. 肥皂剧迷 D. College-age viewers.

答案：C


解析：表面上看，题目问的是最佳标题是什么，实际上是问文章的主

要内容。纵观全文，主要内容是讲肥皂剧迷，不仅包括大学生，还有

更多的年轻人。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全篇后，归纳出文章的大致内容，再选

择。

Which is NOT the reason why the soap opera has suddenly become "in"

among American young people? 根据这篇文章，哪一项不是肥皂剧突

然火起来的原因？

Because the viewers want to be happy and to enjoy themselves.

Because the soap opera makes young people feel close to their people.

Because the viewers can find themselves in the soap opera characters.


179 / 342

Because the young people have to bear the responsibilities for their

troubles. 因为年轻人得承担问题的责任。

答案：C


解析：文章的最后一段主要围绕肥皂剧火起来的原因展开。AB 在文

中可以直接找到原句，D 与最后一句的说法不同，但意思一致。而 C

在文中没有直接说明。

解题方法：排除法。找到各项在文中对应的内容，一一对比排除。

What can we learn from the passage?这篇文章让我们知道了什么？

College students like soap operas more than any other social groups.

Young people of sixties like soap operas more than people today.

Young viewers have turned themselves from the seriousness of sixties to

enjoyment now. 年轻人己经使自己从 60 年代人的严肃转向了现在的

快乐。

The young as a whole are trying to look for happy love but in vain.

答案：D


解析：A 在文中没有说明。B 项恰好与文章意思相反。C 项中意思与

文意不贴切，文中讲的是现在的年轻人相比 60 年代人更追求快乐，

而不是更快乐。

解题方法：排除法。在文中找到各项对应的句子，一一对比排除。


180 / 342

What message does the author want to convey to us?作者想向我们表达

什么信息？

The people's favorites to drama works have been changed for a long time.

The people's favorites to drama works change along with the times.

人们对戏剧作品的喜爱随着时间而改变

The people's favorites to drama works is changed by the soap opera.

The people's favorites have changed the drama works.

答案：B


解析：CD 项与文章意思无关。注意区分 AB 两项，A 项指“人们对

戏剧的喜好已经改变了好长一段时间了”，而 B 项是“人们对戏剧

的喜好随着时间改变”，这正好说明了 60 年代人和现在的年轻人对

肥皂剧不同态度的例子，因此选 B。

解题方法：排除法。把各项与文中相应的内容一一对比排除。

KEY： CCDCB

Passage 9 (伦敦生活）

Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it, and to go in to

their offices or schools every day by train, car or bus, even though this

means they have to get up early in the morning and reach home late in the

evening.

很多在伦敦工作的人喜欢住在伦敦郊外，然后每天乘火车、汽车和公


181 / 342

交车去上班或上学。这也就意味着他们不得不早出晚归。

One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper. Even

a small flat in London without a garden costs quite a lot to rent. With the

same money, one can get a little house in the country with a garden of

one's own.

住在伦敦郊外的一个好处就是房子便宜。在伦敦即使是没有花园的小

公寓也需要一笔不菲的租金，用同样的钱，你可以在郊区买一个带

花园的小房子了。

Then, in the country one can really get away from the noise and hurry of

busy working lives. Even though one has to get up earlier and spend more

time in trains or buses, one can sleep better at night and during weekends

and on summer evenings, one can enjoy the fresh，clean air of the country.

If one likes gardens, one can spend one's free time digging, planting,

watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a

garden. Then, when the flowers and vegetables come up, one has got the

reward together with those who have shared the secret of Nature.

然后，他在乡村就可以远离喧嚣和忙碌的工作生活。即使他不得不起

得更早，花更多的时间乘火车或公交车，但他晚上可以睡得更好。

在周末和夏季的夜晚，他可以享受乡村清新干净的空气。要是他喜欢

花园，在花园里干一些想挖土、种植、浇水等许多园艺的活，那么当

鲜花和蔬菜生长起来的时候，他就与其他分享大自然秘密的人们一

样得到奖赏。


182 / 342

Some people, however, take no interest in country things: for them,

happiness lies in the town, with its cinemas and theatres, beautiful shops

and busy streets, dance-halls and restaurants. Such people would feel that

their life was not worth living if they had to live it outside London. An

occasional walk in one of the parks and a fortnight's (two weeks) visit to

the sea every summer is all the country they want: the rest they are quite

prepared to leave to those who are glad to get away from London every

night.

然而有些人对乡村并不感兴趣。对他们来说，幸福就在市区里，那里

有电影院、剧院、漂亮的商店、繁忙的街道、舞厅和饭店。如果不

得不住在伦敦郊外的话，这些人就觉得生活没意义了。（对于那些热

爱都市生活的人来说）他们所需要的乡村生活，就是偶尔去公园散步，

每个夏天去海边过上两个星期，其他跟乡村有关的东西，让那些每

天晚上都急于离开伦敦的人们（住在郊外的人们）去享受吧。

Which of the following statements is NOT true?下列哪个陈述是不对

的？

People who love Nature prefer to live outside the city.

All the people who work in London prefer to live in thecountry.

所有在伦敦工作的人都喜欢住在伦敦市郊

Some people enjoying city life prefer to work and live inside London.

Many nature lovers, though working in London, prefer to live outside the

city.


183 / 342

答案：B


解析：ACD 都可以在文中找到原句。而 B 项太过于绝对，与第一句

意思不贴切。

解题方法：排除法。在文中找到与各项内容对应的句子，一一对应排

除。

With the same money needed for , one can buy a little house with a

garden in the country.

用同样的钱，他可以在乡村买到一套有花园的小房子。

A. getting a small flat with a garden B. having a small flat with a garden

renting a small flat without a garden 租一套没有花园的小公寓

buying a small flat without a garden

答案：C


解析：第二段的第二句话即是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。从文中找到与题目意思接近的句子，得出答

案。

When the garden is in blossom, the one has been rewarded.

当花园里开满鲜花的时候，那个的人就得到了奖赏。

A. living in the country B. having spent time working in the garden 花


184 / 342

时间在花园里工作

C. having a garden of his own D. having been digging, planting and

watering

答案：B


解析：第三段的最后一句是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。从文中相应的区域找到与题目意思相近的句

子，得出答案。

People who think happiness lies in the city life would feel that if they

had to live outside London.

那些认为幸福就在城市里人会感到如果他们不得不住在郊外。

A. their life was meaningless 他们的生活毫无意义 B. their life was

invaluable

C. they didn't deserve a happy life D. they were not worthy of their

happy life

答案：A


解析：最后一段的第二句话是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。从文中相应的区域找到与题目意思相近的原

句，得出答案。


185 / 342

The underlined phrase get away from in the 3rd paragraph refers to .

在第 3 段中，划线的词组 get away from 指。

A. deal with B. do away with

C. escape from 逃脱某个地方 D. prevent from

答案：C


解析：get away from 从••••••逃离；A 项 deal with 对付，处理；B

项 do away with 消除，废除；D 项 prevent from 阻止；C 项 escape from

逃离，与题目中短语意思相近。

解题方法：上下文推断法。从上下文意思中推断出题目所问的词组含

义，在与各项一一比较，找出最贴切的即是答案。

KEY： BCBAC

Passage 10 (英雄）

By definition, heroes and heroines are men and women distinguished by

uncommon courage, achievements, and self-sacrifice made most for the

benefits of others-they are people against whom we measure others. They

are men and women recognized for shaping our nation's consciousness

and development as well as the lives of those who admire them. Yet，

some people say that ours is an age where true heroes and heroines are

hard to come by, where the very idea of heroism is something beyond us -

an artifact of the past. Some maintain, that because the Cold War is over

and because America is at peace, our age is essentially an unheroic one.


186 / 342

Furthermore, the overall crime rate is down, poverty has been eased by a

strong and growing economy, and advances continue to be made in

medical science.

就定义而言，英雄之所以与众不同是因为他们有非凡的勇气、取得了

卓著的成就、常常为他人的利益而做出牺牲一一他们是我们评价别

人的标准。他们是大家公认的对我们国家意识的形成和我们国家的

发展，还有对他们的崇拜者的一生起了重大作用的人。可是，有人说，

我们的时代是很难出现真正英雄的时代，英雄主义这一概念本身我

们就难以理解一一它己经成为历史。有些人坚持说，由于冷战的结束

和美国对外的和睦，我们的时代本质上不是一个英勇豪壮的时代。更

进一步地说，总体犯罪率正在降低，经济的发展与增长己经缓解了

贫困，医疗科学也在不断的进步。

Cultural icons are hard to define, but we know them when we see them.

They are people who manage to go beyond celebrity (明星），who are

legendary, who somehow manage to become mythic. But what makes

some figures icons and others mere celebrities? That's hard to answer. In

part, their lives have the quality of a story to tell. For instance, the

beautiful young Diana Spencer who at 19 married a prince, renounced

marriage and the throne, and died at the moment she found true love.

Good looks certainly help. So does a special indefinable charm, with the

help of the media. But nothing confirms an icon more than a tragic death

- such as Martin Luther King, Jr., John F. Kennedy, and Princess Diana.


187 / 342

给文化偶像下定义就更难了，但是我们看到他们就认识了他们。他们

超越了名流，成为传奇式人物，甚至在某种程度上已是神话式的人

物。但究竟是哪些因素使有些人成为偶像，另一些人仅成了名流呢？

这就太难说了。部分原因是他们的生平带有传奇故事的色彩。比如说，

年轻貌美的戴安娜•史宾塞，19 岁时嫁给了王子，放弃了婚姻与王权，

却在找到真爱的那一刻死去了。漂亮的长相当然有用，另外，在媒

体的炒作下某种难以描述的、特殊的个人魅力也起作用。然而悲剧性

地过早离开这个世界，却是造成偶像最重要的因素一一例如：小马

丁 •路德•金、约翰•肯尼迪和戴安娜王妃。

The passage mainly deals with .这段主要讲述

A. life and death B. heroes and heroines

C. heroes and icons 英雄与偶像 D. icons and celebrities

答案：C


解析：第一段的第一句就提出了这段的中心：heroes，全段都围绕这

个词展开；与之类似，第二段主要讲的是 cultural icons。综合之后，

选 C。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全文，了解每段的中心内容，再进行归

纳。

Heroes and heroines are usually .英雄通常是

A. courageous B. good example to follow


188 / 342

C. self-sacrificing D. all of the above 以上三个都是

答案：D


解析：文章的第一句是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到题目相关的内容，得出答案。

Which of the following statements is wrong?下列哪个陈述是错误的？

Poverty in America has been eased with the economic growth.

Superstars are famous for being famous.

One's look can contribute to being famous.

Heroes and heroines can only emerge in war times.英雄只能出现在战争

时代。

答案：D

知识点：正误判断法。

解析：A 项在第一段的最后一句有原句说明；B 项可以根据第二段的

第一句推断得出；C 项在第二段的后半部分有意思相近的句子说明。

D 项显得太过于绝对，与第一段的前半部分的意思相悖。

解题方法：排除法。找到文中各项对应的原文，一一对比排除。

Beautiful young Diana Spencer found her genuine love .

年轻貌美的戴安娜•史宾塞找到了她的真爱 .

A. when she was 19 B. when she became a princess


189 / 342

C. just before her death 刚好在她死之前 D. after she gave birth to a

prince

答案：C


解析：在第二段的后半部分有原句说明。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到与题目意思接近的句子，得出答

案。

What is more likely to set an icon's status?有什么更能说明偶像的地

位？

A. Good looks. B. Tragic and early death.悲剧和英年早逝

C. Personal attraction. D. The quality of one's story.

答案：B


解析：第二段的第五句和最后一句都是原因，把两者结合起来即是本

题答案。

解题方法：综合法。在文中相对应的段落寻找，注意 in part 之类的

词，它表示原因不止这一个，还有其他的。所以，找出其他的综合之

后即是答案。

KEY： CDDCB

Passage 11 (不同的住宿地）

Places to stay in Britain are as varied as the places you visit. Whatever


190 / 342

your budget is the choice 一 from basic barn to small hotel, from tiny

cottage to grand castle — is all part of fun.

在英国，可住宿的地方就如可参观的地方那么多。不论你的预算是多

少，任何一种选择都是快乐的一部分一一从谷仓到小旅馆，从小农

舍到大城堡。

Hostels 旅社

Cheap, good-value hostels are aimed at all types of like-minded travelers,

who prefer value over luxury and you don't have to be young or single to

use them. Britain's independent hostels and backpackers hostels also offer

a great welcome. Facilities and prices vary, especially in rural areas,

where some hostels are a little more than a bunkhouse (临时住房）while

others are remarkably comfortable — almost like bargain hotels.

廉价、超值的旅社定位在形形色色的趣味相投的重精神超过物质的这

类游客群体，而且旅社没有规定游客必须是年轻人或者是单身汉。

英国对自助旅行者和背包旅行者也十分欢迎。设施和价格也各不相

同，特别是在乡村，有些旅社只比临时住房好一点点，而有些特别舒

适——就像物美价廉的旅馆一样。

Youth Hotels 青年旅馆

Founded many years ago to "help all, especially young people of limited

means, to a greater knowledge, love and care of the countryside", the

Youth Hotels Association is still going strong in the 21st century. The

network of 230 hotels is a perfect gateway for exploring Britain's towns


191 / 342

and countryside.

(这种旅社的形式）很多年前就形成了，为了“帮助所有的，特别是

资金有限的年轻人，深入了解、喜爱、关心农村。”青年旅行社组

织在2 1世纪依然盛行。2 3 0家的旅社网络是探索英国小镇和农村的

最佳门户。

B&Bs 床位和早餐

The B&Bs (bed and breakfasts) is a great British institution. In essence

you get a room in somebody's house, and small B&Bs may only have one

guest room, so you'll really feel like part of the family. Larger B&Bs may

have four or five rooms and more facilities, but just as warm as a

welcome.

床位与早餐是英国的伟大创举。实际上就是某家的住户为你提供一个

房间，小的 B&Bs 只有一间客房，所以你会觉得自己是这户人家的

一份子。大一些的 B&Bs 可能有 4、5 个房间和更多是设施，但一样

的热情款待。

In country areas your B&Bs might be in a village or an isolated farm

surrounded by fields. Prices reflect facilities: and usually run from around

£ 12 to £ 20 per person. City B&Bs charge about £25 to £ 30 per person,

although they're often cheaper as you go further out to the suburbs.

在农村，B&B 可能在一个村庄或者四周都是田地的独立的农场里。

价格反映了房间的设施：通常每人在 1 2 到 2 0 英镑左右。城市的 B

& Bs 价格在每人 2 5 到 3 0 英镑左右，尽管越到郊区价格越便宜。


192 / 342

Pubs & Inns 酒吧和客栈

As well as selling drinks and meals, Britain's pubs and inns sometimes

offer B&Bs, particularly in country areas. Staying a night or two can be

great fun and puts you at the heart of local community.

除了卖酒和饭菜外，英国的酒吧和客栈有时也提供床位和早餐，特别

在农村地区。在那里住一两个晚上会十分有趣，并且可以让你处在

当地社区的中心。

Rates range from around £15 to £ 25 per person. Pubs are more likely to

have single rooms. 价格在每人 1 5 到 2 5 英镑左右。酒吧更有可能拥

有单人房。

In this passage the author mainly .这篇文章作者的意图主要是什么？

tells us where to stay while visiting Britain 告诉我们到英国旅游可以住

在哪里

advises readers to pay a visit to Britain

introduces the wonderful public services in Britain

gives us some information about British life

答案：A


解析：文章第一段就提出了中心：英国的乡村旅馆。接下来扫读全篇，

讲的是英国乡村旅馆的各个方面。所以，选 A：去英国可以住哪儿。

解题方法：通读归纳法。扫视全篇后，归纳得出文章的中心内容，即

主旨。尤其注意第一段。


193 / 342

. are mainly built for young visitors. 主要是为年轻人建的。

A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels 青年旅社 C. Hostels D. B&Bs

答案：B


解析：第二段第一句是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文章内题目对应的句子，得出答案。

If you travel alone and want to know better family life in Britain, you'd

better stay in .

如果你独自一个人旅游并且想更好地了解英国的居民生活，你可以住

在 B & Bs

A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels C. Hostels D. B&Bs

答案：D


解析：如要了解英国当地居民生活，最好住民宅。在第三段第一句有

原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文中与题目意思接近的句子，得出答案。

If you are interested in traveling with your friends but only with limited

means, where is the better place for

you to stay?


194 / 342

如果你喜欢和朋友一起旅行但资金有限，哪里是最佳住宿地点呢？

A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels C. Hostels 旅社 D. B&Bs

答案：C


解析：AD 项虽然也很适合居住，但相比 Youth Hotel 和 Hostels 来

说，价格更贵，所以不选。然后，根据第一段的第一句，Hostels 更

适合一个团体居住，所以选 C。

解题方法：排除法。根据文章内容，把各项内容和题目要求一一对比

排除。

Which of the following is NOT true according to the last part of the

passage?

根据文章的最后一段，以下哪句是错误的？

Pubs and inns usually provide visitors bed and breakfast.

All pubs and inns offer visitors bed and breakfast.

所有的酒吧和客栈都为旅客提供床位和早餐。

Pubs and inns charge a visitor £ 25 at the most.

If you want a single room, you are more likely to get one in pubs.

答案：B


解析：ACD 项都可以在文章的最后一段找到原句；B 项太绝对，与

文意不和。


195 / 342

解题方法：排除法。把各项和文章内容一一对比排除。

KEY： ABDCB

Passage 12 (怎样成为科学家）

What makes a person a scientist? Does he have ways or tools of learning

that are different from those of others? The answer is "no". It is not the

tools a scientist uses but how he uses these tools that make him a scientist.

You will probably agree that knowing how to use a power is important to

a carpenter. You will probably agree, too, that knowing how to

investigate, how to discover information, is important to everyone. The

scientist, however, goes one step further, he must be sure that he has a

reasonable answer to his questions and that his answer can be confirmed

by other persons. He also works to fit the answer he gets to many

questions into a large set of ideas about how the world works.

是什么使一个普通人成为科学家？他有与从不同的学习方法和工具

吗？答案是否定的。不是因为科学家使用的工具，而是因为他使用

工具的方法使他成为科学家。你也许认同怎么用力对一名木匠来说很

重要。你也许也认同怎么研究调查，发现信息对每个人来说都很重要。

然而，科学家比这更进一步，他必须确定他对自己的问题得出了一

个合理的答案，并且他的答案通过别人也可以得到证实。他同时把自

己得出的许多答案归结为一个系统的关于世界如何运作的观点。

The scientist's knowledge must be exact. There is no room for half right

or right just half the time. He must be as nearly right as the conditions


196 / 342

permit. What works under one set of conditions at one time must work

under the same conditions at other times. If the conditions are different,

any changes the scientist observes in a demonstration must be explained

by the changes in the conditions. This is one reason that investigations are

important in science. Albert Einstein, who developed the theory of

relativity, arrived at this theory through mathematics. The accuracy of

this mathematics was later tested through investigations, Einstein's ideas

were shown to be correct. A scientist uses many tools for measurements.

Then the measurements are used to make mathematical calculations that

may test his investigations.

科学家的知识必须很确切。不能给半错半对或者只有一半机会对的情

况留任何空间。他必须在条件允许的情况下尽可能正确。在一种条

件下成功一次的话必须在同样的条件下都能成功。如果条件不同，科

学家在证明过程中观察到的任何变化都必须解释他的条件是如何变

化的。这是关于调查研究在科学研究中十分重要的其中一个理由。

爱因斯坦通过数学方法提出了相对论。他的数学运用的正确性被后人

通过调查研究的方法证实该理论是正确的。一个科学家会用很多工

具来测量。测量的结果用来进行数学计算，再进行调查研究的测试。

What makes a scientist according to the passage?根据这篇文章的观点

科学家是如何来的？ A. The tools he uses.B. The way he uses his tools.

他使用工具的方法

C. His way of learning. D.


197 / 342

The various tools he uses.

答案：B


解析：文章第一段的第四句是原句。


案。

"The scientist, however, goes one step further...". The author says this to

show .

“然而，科学家比这更进一步……”作者这么说是为了说明什么？

the importance of information

the importance of thinking

the difference between scientists and ordinary people 科学家与普通人

的区别

the difference between carpenters and people with other jobs

答案：C


解析：根据上下文推断，可以看出作者主要强调了科学家相比普通人

而言，他们能成为科学家的原因。

解题方法：上下文推断法。根据上下文内容来推测作者的真实意图。

A sound scientific theory should be one that 项伟大的科学理论应该是


198 / 342

怎么样的？

works not only under one set of conditions at one time, but also under the

same conditions at other times 不仅只在一种条件下一次可行，而是要

在同样的条件下一直可行。

does not allow any changes even under different conditions

can be used for many purposes

leave no room for improvement

答案：A


解析：第二段的第三句是原句。


案。

The author quotes the case of Albert Einstein to illustrate .、

作者引用爱因斯坦的例子是为了证明什么？

that measurements are keys to success in science

that accuracy of mathematics

that the investigations are important in science 调查研究在科学领域十

分重要。

that the mathematical calculations may test his investigations

答案：C



199 / 342

解析：在第二段，作者引用爱因斯坦的例子是说明他得出相对论的结

果是通过数学的论证，而数学方法经后来的调查证明是正确的，所以

归根到底，调查研究很重要。

解题方法：分析法。按照文章的逻辑顺序，抽丝剥茧，一层层得出最

后的最关键的原因。

What is the main idea of the passage?这篇文章的中心意思是什么？

The theory of relativity.

Exactness is the core of science.

Scientists are different from ordinary people.

Exactness and ways of using tools are the keys to the making of a

scientist.

确切性和使用工具的方法是成为科学家的重要因素。

答案：D


解析：A 项显然不是文章主旨，它只是用来解释文章主旨的一个例子；

B 项不够全面；C 项不是文章的重心，只是文章开头抛砖引玉，引出

成为科学家必备素质的说法；D 项是综合了两段的中心，因此最为准

确。

解题方法：排除法。根据文章内容，将各项一一分析对比，然后排除。

KEY： BCACD

Passage 13 (美国时间习惯）


200 / 342

In the United States, it is not customary to telephone someone very early

in the morning. If you telephone him early in the day, while he is shaving

or having breakfast, the time of the call shows that the matter is very

important and requires immediate attention. The same meaning is

attached to telephone calls made after 11:00 p.m. If someone receives a

call during sleeping hours, he assumes it's a matter of life or death. The

time chosen for the call communicates its importance. In social life, time

plays a very important part. In the U.S.A. guests tend to feel they are not

highly regarded if the invitation to a dinner party is extended only three

or four days before the party date. But it is not true in all countries. In

other areas of the world, it may be considered foolish to make an

appointment too far in advance because plans which are made for a date

more than a week away tend to be forgotten. The meaning of time differs

in different parts of the world. Thus, misunderstandings arise between

people from different cultures that treat time differently. Promptness is

valued highly in American life, for example. If people are not prompt,

they may be regarded as impolite or not fully responsible. In the U.S. no

one would think of keeping a business associate waiting for an hour, it

would be too impolite. A person who is 5 minutes late, will say a few

words of explanation, though perhaps he will not complete the sentence.

(260 words)

在美国，一般不习惯每天很早打电话给某个人。如果你很早打电话给


201 / 342

他，在他刮胡子或吃早饭的时候，那就说明这件事情非常重要，需

要立刻处理。晚上十一点以后打电话也是同样的意思。如果一个人在

睡觉的时候接到电话,那他肯定觉得这是一件事关生死的大事。打电

话的时间也显示事情的重要程度。在社会生活中，时间是一个非常

重要的角色。在美国，如果在宴会三四天前才受到邀请，那受邀者就

会认为自己不是很受重视。但并不是在所有的国家都如此。在世界

上的其它地方，提前很多时候做约定被认为是很愚蠢的，因为约好

一个星期以后的事情很容易忘记。所以时间的意义在不同的地方是不

一样的。因此，来自不同文化背景的人之间就会产生误会。举个例

子，准时在美国社会是受到高度认可的。如果某些人不准时，就会

被认为不礼貌或不够负责任。在美国，没有一个人会把一次商务活动

和等待一小时联系起来，这太不礼貌了。一个人如果迟到五分钟，

就要做出解释，也许这还不够。

6. What is the main idea of this passage? 以下哪项表达了本文的中心

思想？

It is not customary to telephone someone in the morning and in sleeping

hours in the U.S.

The role of time in social life over the world.世界各地时间在社会生活

中扮演的角色。

If people are not prompt, they may be regarded as impolite or not fully

responsible in the U.S.

Not every country treats the concept of time as the same.


202 / 342

答案：B


解析：AC 两项都是讲文章的某个方面，不是中心思想；D 项信息不

够准确，文章主要讲的是世界各地对社交中时间的概念，不是仅仅讲

对时间的概念，所以选 B。

解题方法：排除法。把各项内容和题目要求对应，一一比较排除，找

出最合适的。

What does it mean in the passage if you call someone during his or her

sleeping hours?

根据本文，如果你在某人睡觉时间打电话给他，意味着什么？

A matter of work.

A matter of life or death.这是一件事关生死的大事

You want to see him or her.

You want to make an appointment with him or her.

答案：B


解析：文中第四句话是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。在文中找到和题目意思相近的内容，得出答

案。

Which of the following time is proper if you want to make an


203 / 342

appointment with your friend?

如果你想约你的朋友，以下哪个时间是比较恰当的？

A. at 7: 00 am. B. at 4:00 pm.下午 4 点 C. at the midnight. D. at 4:00

am.

答案：B


解析：根据文章前几句，不适宜在一大早打电话，因为这时的电话表

明是急事；但也不适合在太晚时候打电话，这时候的电话往往是通知

有关生死的大事。把选项一一排除后，选 B。

解题方法：分析法。根据文章提供的信息，分析题目中的具体情况。

Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?

根据本文，以下哪项陈述是正确的？

In the U.S.A guests tend to feel they are highly regarded if the invitation

to a dinner party is extended only three or four days before the party date.

There is no misunderstanding arising between people from different

cultures about the

concept of time.

It may be considered foolish to make an appointment well in advance in

the U.S.A..

Promptness is valued highly in American life.准时在美国社会是受到高

度认可的。

答案：D


204 / 342


解析：D 项在文章后半部分可以找到原句，因此是对的；A 项与文章

第六句意思相悖；B 项与倒数第五句意思相反；C 项也与文章内容意

思相反，美国人很注重提前被邀请，即使提前三四天也会被认为是不

礼貌的，这在文章前半部分可以找到原句。

解题方法：排除法。根据文章内容，和选项一一对比排除，得出最贴

切的答案。

From the passage we can safely infer that .从本文我们可以得出：

it's a matter of life or death if you call someone in day time

the meaning of time differs in different parts of the world 世界各地的时

间观念是不同的。

it makes no difference in the U.S. whether you are early or late for a

business party

if a person is late for a date, he needn't make some explanation

答案：B


解析：ACD 项都可以在文中找到有关句子，但它们与文意相反。B

项在文中有例子说明，是正确的。

解题方法：排除法。把各项内容和文章相关句子一一对比排除，从而

得到最准确的答案。

KEY： BBBDB


205 / 342

Passage 14 (三种目标）

There are three kinds of goals: short-term, medium-range and long-term

goals.

目标有三种：短期目标，中期目标和长期目标。

Short-term goals are those that usually deal with current activities, which

we can apply on a daily basis. Such goals can be achieved in a week or

less, or two weeks, or possibly, months. It should be remembered that just

as a building is no stronger than its foundation, long-term goals cannot

amount to very much without the achievement of solid short-term goals.

Upon completing our short-term goals, we should date the occasion and

then add new short-term goals that will build on those that have been

completed.

短期目标是根据每日制定的为了处理当前事物的目标。短期目标可以

以少于一个星期，一个星期，两个星期，或者可能的话一个月来完

成。我们必须记住，正如只有地基牢靠，建筑物才坚固一样，长期目

标脱离了扎实的短期目标的实现是不能实现的。短期目标的实现是以

以前完成的目标为前提的。

The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term goals.

They might deal with just one term of school or the entire school year, or

they could even extend for several years. Any time you move a step at a

time, you should never allow yourself to become discouraged or

overwhelmed. As you complete each step, you will enforce the belief in


206 / 342

your ability to grow and succeed. And as your list of completion dates

grow, your motivation and desire will increase.

中期目标是在短期目标的基础上指定的。可以以一个学期或整个学年

为周期指定，或者延长至几年。每次你根据目标前进了一步，都不

要让自己感到没有信心或者压力重重。当你完成了一个目标，你都

会增加成功的信心。并且当你完成目标的日期越来越近，你的动力和

希望都会增加。

Long-term goals may be related to our dreams of the future. They might

cover five years or more. Life is not a static thing. We should never

allow a long-term goal to limit us or our course of action.(221 words)

长期目标可以和我们未来的梦想相关联。可以是五年或五年以上的目

标。生活不是一成不变的。我们不能让长期目标制约了我们或我们

的行为。

Our long-term goals mean a lot .

如果我们能完成各个短期目标，那么我们的长期目标将意义深远。

A. If we cannot reach solid short-term goals B. If we complete the

short-term goals C. If we have dreams of the future D. If we put forward

some plans

答案：B


解析：第二段的第三句是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。到文中相关段落找到与题目意思相近的内容，


207 / 342

得出答案。

New short-term goals are built upon .短期目标是以以前完成的目标为

前提的。

A. a daily basis B. your achievement in a week

C. current activities D. the goals that have been completed

答案：D


解析：文中第二段的最后一句与其意思相同，仔细理解即可。

解题方法：分析法。找到文中与题目意思相近的句子，仔细分析其含

义，得出答案。

When we complete each step of our goals, .每完成一个目标，将会增

加我们成功的信心。

A. we will win final success B. we are overwhelmed

C. we should build up confidence of success D. we should have strong

desire for setting new goals

答案：C


解析：文中第三段的第四句话深层含义即是答案，选 C。

解题方法：分析法。找到文中与题目意思类似的句子，分析其含义，

即是正确答案。


208 / 342

What is the main idea of this passage? 这篇短文的中心思想是什

么？

A Life is a dynamic thing. B. we should set up long-term goals

Different kinds of goals in life.目标的不同禾中类。D. The limitation of

long-term goals.

答案：C


解析：文章第一段就列出了三种目标：短期目标、中期和长期目标。

接下来依次对如何达成它们，以及达成后的好处进行了详细的说明，

由此可以知道：本文的主旨是这三种不同的目标。选 C。

解题方法：通读归纳法。回答主旨题时，必不可少的事情就是要通读

全文，重点阅读第一段和最后一段，往往主旨都是在这两段揭露的。

Which of the following statements is wrong according to the passage?

根据短文，下面哪种说法是错误的？

The long-term goals cannot amount to very much without the

achievement of solid

short-term goals

The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term goals.

Life is a static thing, thus we should never allow a long-term goal to limit

us or our course of


209 / 342

action. 生活是一成不变的，所以我们不能让长期目标制约我们的生

活和我们的行为。

We should often add new short-term goals to those which have been

completed.

答案：C


解析：ABC 项内容都可以在文中相关段落找到，而 C 项明显与文章

内容相悖，文中说长期目标是有助于实现我们的梦想的，而不是题中

所说的：长期目标会对我们的生活和行为起阻碍作用。

解题方法：排除法。根据文中相关内容，与各选项一一对应排除，得

出答案。

KEY： BDCCC

Passage 15 (语言的起源）

How men first learnt to invent words is unknown; in other words, the

origin of language is a mystery. All we really know is that men, unlike

animals, somehow invented certain sounds to express thought and

feelings, actions and things, so that they could communicate with each

other; and that later they agreed upon certain signs, called letters, which

could be combined to present those sounds, and which could be written

down. Those sounds, whether spoken or written in letters, we call words.

人们最初是如何发明单词的不得而知，换句话说，语言的起源是个秘

密。所有我们所知道的只是，人，不同于动物，不知怎么发明了某


210 / 342

些声音来表达思想、情感、行为和物质，以便相互交流；后来统一了

某些被称为字母的符号，这些字母可以连起来代表那些声音，可以写

下来。我们把那些声音叫做单词，不管他们是口语还是书面语。

The power of words, then, lies in their associations-the thing they bring

up before our minds. Words become filled with meaning for us by

experience; and the longer we live, the more certain words recall to us the

glad and sad events of our past; and the more we read and learn, the more

the number of words that mean something increases.

文字的力量在于其联系性—它们把这些联系性带到我们的头脑中。通

过经历，单词对我们充满了意义。我们活得越久，某些单词就越能

使我们回忆起过去的喜怒哀乐；我们越是阅读和学习，有意义的单词

数量就越增加。

Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express

these thoughts in words which appeal powerfully to our minds and

emotions. This charming and telling use of words is what we call literary

style. Above all, the real poet is a master of words. He can convey his

meaning in words which sing like music and which by their position and

association can move men to tears. We should therefore learn to choose

our words carefully and use them accurately, or they will make our

speech silly and vulgar.

伟大的作家是那些不仅具有伟大思想而且能用词汇来表达这些思想

的人，他们的思想强烈地震撼着我们的心灵和情感。单词的这种美


211 / 342

妙和寓意用法就是我们所谓的文学性。总之，真正的诗人是文字的掌

握着。他可以用音乐般的词汇来表达自己的意思,这些词汇凭借其所

用环境和联系性能让人感动得流泪。因此，我们应该学会仔细选择

所用词汇并准确使用，否则会使我们说的话可笑又粗俗。

The origin of language is .语言的起源是：

A. a legend handed down from the past B. a matter that is hidden or

secret

C. a question difficult to answer D. a problem not yet solved 一个还未

解决的问题

答案：D


解析：文中第一段的第一句就是原句。Mystery 就是指未知的，尚未

得以解决的，选 D

解题方法：直接寻找法。但文中找到与题目意思相近的句子，分析其

含义后，得出答案。

What is true about words? 关于词汇哪一项是对的？

They are used to express feelings only. B. They can not be written down.

C. They are simply sounds.他 4 门是简单的声音 D. They are

mysterious.

答案：C



212 / 342

解析：A 项与第一段的第二句意思不吻合；B 项与第一段中的相关句

子意思不一致，words 是可以被写下的；D 项与文意不符，文中是说

词语的起源是神秘未知的，不是词语本身是神秘的。若词语本身是神

秘的，那人们就无法借助它们相互沟通了。C 在第一段的最后一句中

可以找到语句说明。

解题方法：排除法。找到文中与各项相关的句子，一一分析比较之后

排除，从而得出正确答案。

The real power of words lies in their .文字的真正力量在于其

A. properties B. characteristics

C. peculiarity D. representative function 代表功能

答案：D


解析：ABC 意思相近，都是“特性”的意思；D 项指文字的代表

功能。从倒数第二段中可以知道，文字能是我们想起过去的经历，并

且这些经历对我们而言充满了意义。

解题方法：分析法。找到文章相关段落中与题目意思贴近的句子，

找出其隐藏的深层含义，得出答案。

By "association", the author means .作者用“联系性”这个词指

A. a special quality B. a joining of ideas in the mind 头脑中思想的联

接


213 / 342

C. an appearance which is puzzling D. a strange feature

答案：B


解析：根据第二段内容，联系指的是文字和我们过去的经历，我们

学习的越多，脑中掌握的文字越多；我们经历越丰富，能够表现经历

并有意义的文字也越多。不管是文字还是经历，都是已经存在于我们

脑中的了，因此选 B。

解题方法：上下文分析法。根据上下文内容，捋清其中逻辑，即可得

到答案。

Which of the following statements about the real poet is NOT true? 关于

真正的诗人下列哪项不正确？

He is no more than a master of words. 他只不过是一个文字的掌握者。

He can convey his ideas in words which sing like music.

He can move men to tears.

D. His style is always charming.

答案：A

知识点：正误判断法。

解析：BC 两项都可以在最后一段中找到原句。D 项通过对第三段内

容的理解也可以得出，因为若诗人的表达不够迷人，他就不能打动人

心，让人流泪了。A 项与文章意思不一致，诗人不仅仅是文字的掌握

者，他还有思想，他主要是通过对文字的掌握来表达出他的思想。所


214 / 342

以，A 错误。

解题方法：排除法。把各项与文章相关内容一一比较分析，排除后得

出答案。

KEY： DCDBA

Passage 16 (关于羞怯）

Shyness is the cause of much unhappiness for a great many people. Shy

people are anxious and self-conscious; that is, they are excessively

concerned with their own appearance and actions. Worrisome thoughts

are constantly occurring in their minds: what kind of impression am I

making? Do they like me? Do I sound stupid? Am I wearing unattractive

clothes?

羞怯是许多人不快乐的原因。害羞的人焦虑不安，自我意识强，也就

是说，他们过分在意自己的形象和行为。焦虑时常萦绕在他们的脑

海中：我给人留下了什么印象？他们喜欢我吗?我让人觉得很傻吗？

我的穿着是否不吸引人？

It is obvious that such uncomfortable feelings must negatively affect

people. A person's conception of himself or herself is reflected in the way

he or she behaves, and the way a person behaves affects other people's

reactions. In general, the way people think about themselves has a

profound effect on all areas of their lives.

显而易见，这种不舒适的感觉必然给人们带来了不利的影响。一个人

的自我意识反映在他或她的行为上，而一个人的行为会影响他人的


215 / 342

反应。一般而言，人们认识自己的方式对他们的生活的方方面面有深

远的影响。

Shy people, having low self-esteem, are likely to be passive and easily

influenced by others. They need reassurance that they are doing "the right

thing." Shy people are very sensitive to criticism; they feel it confirms

their feelings of inferiority. They also find it difficult to be pleased by

compliment with a statement like this one, "You're just saying that to

make me feel good. I know it's not true." It is clear that while

self-awareness is a healthy quality, overdoing it is harmful.

羞怯的人非常自卑，他们可能很被动，容易受他人的影响。他们需要

得到他人的再次确认：他们所做的是“正确的事情”。羞怯的人对

批评很敏感，他们认为批评使得他们更低人一等。他们也发现自己很

难因为受到类似的表扬而高兴，如：你刚才所说的使我感觉很好。我

知道那不是真的。很明显，尽管具有自知之明是件好事，但过度自

谦则是有害的。

Can shyness be completely eliminated, or at least reduced? Fortunately,

people can overcome shyness with determined and patient efforts in

building self-confidence. Since shyness goes hand in hand with a lack of

self-esteems, it is important for people to accept their weakness as well as

their strengths.

羞怯能根除吗？或至少能减少些吗？幸运的是，许多人能通过坚决而

有耐心地建立自信来克服羞怯。既然羞怯与自卑天生相伴，那么人


216 / 342

们能看见他们的优缺点是很重要的。

Each one of us is a unique, worthwhile individual, Interested in our own

personal ways. The better we understand ourselves, the easier it becomes

to live up to our full potential. Let's not allow shyness to block our

chances for a rich and fulfilling life.

每一个人都是独一无二的，都有其价值所在。我们对我们自己个人的

方式感兴趣。我们了解自己越多，我们就越容易充分发挥自己的潜

能。不要让羞怯妨碍我们实现富裕而有成效的人生。

What does the author try to prove by citing "what kind of impression am I

making?" 作者通过引用“我给人留下了什么印象？”来试图说明什

么？

Shy people benefit from their caring about their appearance.

People's shyness made them care too much about their appearance and

actions. 羞怯使他们过分关注他们的形象和行为。

It's natural that shy people don't believe other's compliments.

Shy people think they are different from others.

答案：B


解析：根据第一段的相关内容，这句话是害羞的人经常的想法，主要

是为了说明他们过分在意自己的外在和行为。

解题方法：上下文推断法。根据上下文，了解作者大体上想表达的内

容，就可以明白作者写这句话的意图。


217 / 342

According to the writer, self-awareness is .根据作者的观点，自知之

明是一件

A. a good quality 好事 B. the cause of unhappiness

C. harmful to people D. a weak point of shy people

答案：A


解析：第三段的最后一句里有原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文中与题目相关的内容，得出答案。

When being praised, shy people feel that it is .当被赞扬的时候，羞怯

的人感到这是

A. good B. unreal 不真实的 C. very reasonable D. harmful

答案：B


解析：根据文章第三段的倒数第二句，害羞的人一般不会因为收到表

扬而开心，因为他们觉得不是真的。

解题方法：分析法。根据有关的内容理解分析，得出答案。

Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? 根据

文章含义，下列陈述哪一个是正确的？

Shyness helps us to develop our potential.


218 / 342

Shyness enables us to understand ourselves better.

Shyness can block our chances for a rich life.羞怯能够阻碍我们实现富

裕人生的机会。

Shyness has nothing to do with lack of self-esteem.

答案：C


解析：根据文章第二段和第三段可知，ABD 项与文章内容相悖，C

项是正确的。

解题方法：排除法。把文章相关内容与个选项一一对应排除，得出答

案。

It can be inferred from the passage that shy people .从文章中可以推断

出羞怯的人

should find more of their weakness

should understand themselves in the right way 应当以正确的方式看待

自己

had better ignore their weakness

can get rid of their shyness while maintaining low self-esteem

答案：B


解析：根据文章最后一段可知，害羞的人要正确认识自己，才能理解

自身价值。


219 / 342

解题方法：推断法。理解文章相关内容后推理得出答案。

KEY： BABCB

Passage 17 (年轻人对家具的态度）

When John and Victoria Falls arrived in New York City for one-year

stay, they did not bring very many things with them. They had planned

either to live in a furnished apartment or to buy used furniture. But they

soon learned about a new system that more and more people are using.

The renting of home furnishings (bed, tables, dishes, and so on) has

become one of America's fastest growing businesses.

当 John 和 Victoria Falls 到达纽约开始他们的一年生活时，他们没有

随身带很多东西。他们计划要么住在装修好的公寓里，要么买些旧

家具。但是他们很快了解到越来越多的人正在采用的一种新的方式。

租用家具（如窗，桌子，盘子等等）己经成为美国发展最快的行业之

一。

What kinds of people rent their home furnishings instead of buying them?

People who are international business or government officials, foreign

students, airline workers, young married couple - people whose job or

business may force them to move frequently from one city to another.

They save a lot of trouble and the cost of moving their furniture each time.

They simply rent new furniture when they reach their new homes. Young

people with little money do not want to buy cheap furniture that they may


220 / 342

soon dislike. They prefer to wait until they have enough money to buy

furniture that they really like. Meanwhile, they find they can rent better

quality furniture than they could afford to buy.什么样的人是租用家具而

不是买家具的呢？从事国际商务的人，政府官员，外国学生，航空公

司工作人员，刚结婚的年轻夫妇---那些由于工作而被迫频繁来往不

同的城市的人。他们可以省去每次搬家具的麻烦和费用。他们到一

个新家的时候，只需租新的家具就好了。收入少的年轻人不想买那些

他们可能很快就不喜欢的便宜家具。他们宁愿等到有钱时买他们真

正喜欢的家具。同时，他们发现他们可以租比他们买得起的质量更

好的家具。

One family, who now have a large, beautiful home of their own, liked

their rented furniture so much that they decided to keep renting it instead

of buying new things. But usually people don't like to tell others about it.

The idea of renting home furnishings is still quite new, and they are not

sure what their neighbors might think. (248words)

有个家庭，他们有属于自己的大而漂亮的房子，可是他们太喜欢租来

的家具了以至于他们决定继续租用而不买新的家具。但是人们通常

不喜欢告诉别人这些。租家具的想法还是很新的，他们不能确定邻

居们对此会怎么想。

Which of the following has become one of America's fastest growing

businesses?

以下哪个行业已成为美国发展最快的行业之一？


221 / 342

A. Selling home furnishings. B. Renting furnished apartments.

C. Selling used furniture. D. Renting home furnishings.租用家具。

答案：D


解析：第一段的最后一句是原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文中与题目意思相近的句子，得出答案。

Why do some people prefer to rent furniture?

为什么人们更喜欢租用家具？

Because the furniture they get in this way is new.

Because it saves them a lot of money.

Because it saves them much trouble and money.因为这样可以省去很多

麻烦和钱。

Because they can always get better quality furniture in this way.

答案：C


解析：第二段主要解释了这个现象的原因，在第三句有明确的说明。

解题方法：分析法。找到与题目相关的段落，通读并理解其内容，得

出答案。

What can you infer from the passage?

从段落中你能推断出什么？


222 / 342

The idea of renting furniture is not acceptable.

Renting furniture is not popular in the couple's home town.

在这对夫妇的家乡，租用家具并不流行。

Only those who don't have enough money to rent furniture.

People usually grow to like the furniture they have rented.

答案：B

知识点：推断题、

解析：ACD 与文中第一段内容不一致，因此错误。根据文章第一段

的第三句，他们开始认识到租用家具很流行，说明以前他们并不知道

这样的事，可以推断出在他们家乡，租用家具是不流行的。

解题方法：推断法。根据文中与题目相关的句子的细节来推断。

Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage?

下面哪个作为本段的题目最好？

Rent or Buy?

A New Way of Getting Home Furnishings.—种新的获得家具的方法。

Furnished Apartments.

A New Idea.

答案：B


解析：本文主要讲的是租用家具，B 是合理的。而 A 项，本文中提到

是选择租用有家具的房子还是租用房子后再租家具，从未提到买的问


223 / 342

题，所以 A 错。CD 两项语义太模糊，不明确。

解题方法：通读归纳法。回答主旨题，在通读全文的基础上归纳中心

内容是不可少的。

Young people liked renting home furniture in that .

年轻人喜欢租用家具是由于什么？他们没有钱而且不想买便宜的家

具。

They have less money

They don't want to buy old furniture

The new furniture is of good quality

They don't have much money and don't want to buy the cheap furniture

答案：D


解析：根据文章第二段的倒数三句话即可得出答案。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文中与题目意思相关的句子，根据它回

答问题。

KEY： DCBBD

Passage 18 (美国体力劳动者）

A characteristic of American culture that has become almost a tradition

is to respect the self-made man —the man who has risen to the top

through his own efforts, usually beginning by working with his hands.

While the leader in business or industry or the college professor occupies


224 / 342

a higher social position and commands greater respect in the community

than the common laborer or even the skilled factory worker, he may take

pains to point out that his father started life in America as a farmer or

laborer of some sort.

美国文化的一个特点，并且几乎成为美国的一项传统的是对自我奋斗

的人的尊敬一一通过自己的努力到达顶峰，通常是白手起家。然而

公司，企业的领导，社会地位很高，在社区中获得比一般工人或工厂

技术人员更多的尊敬的大学教授，都不愿说出自己的父亲在美国是从

一个农民，工人这类人开始奋斗的。

This attitude toward manual (体力的）labor is now still seen many aspects

of American life. One is invited to dinner at a home that is not only

comfortably but even luxuriously (豪华地）furnished and in which there

is every evidence of the fact the family has been able to afford foreign

travel, expensive hobbies, and college education for the children; yet the

hostess probably will cook the dinner herself, will serve it herself and will

wash dishes afterward, furthermore the dinner will not consist merely of

something quickly and easily assembled from contents of various cans

and a cake or a pie bought at the nearby bakery. On the contrary, the

hostess usually takes pride in careful preparation of special dishes. A

professional may talk about washing the car, digging in his flowerbeds,

painting the house. His wife may even help with these things, just as he

often helps her with the dishwashing. The son who is away at college


225 / 342

may wait on table and wash dishes for his living, or during the summer he

may work with a construction gang on a highway in order to pay for his

education.

这种对体力劳动的尊敬在美国生活的很多地方都能看到。一个人被邀

请到一户家庭赴宴，这户家庭装潢不只舒适，可以说是豪华，处处

可证明这家人支付的起国外旅行，奢侈的爱好和孩子的大学教育。但

是这样的女主人很有可能自己做饭招待客人，然后洗刷餐具，并且这

样的宴会不会仅仅提供快餐式的罐头食品，从附近面包房买的蛋糕

或派。相反的，女主人通常为精心准备特别的菜看而感到自豪。男主

人会谈论自己如何洗车，在花房劳作，粉刷房子，他的儿子在外地上

大学，做餐厅侍应生，洗盘子来供自己生活花费，或者暑假的时候

为建筑队在高速公路工作赚钱付学费。

From paragraph 1, we know that in America .从第一段我们可以知道在

美国？

people tend to have a high opinion of the self-made man 人们对自我奋

斗白勺人评价很高

people can always rise to the top through their own efforts

college professors win great respect from common workers

people feel painful to mention their fathers as labors

答案：A


解析：理解第一段的意思，美国人对努力奋斗、自食其力的劳动者很


226 / 342

尊敬。选 A

解题方法：直接寻找法。到文中找到题目相关的内容，对比，得出答

案。

According to the passage, the hostess cooks dinner herself mainly

because .

从这篇文章来看，女主人自己做饭主要是因为？

servants in American are hard to get

she takes pride in what she can do herself 她对自己可以做的事情感到

自豪

she can hardly afford servantsD. It is easy to prepare a meal with canned

food

答案：B


解析：文章第二段的后半部分有原句。

解题方法：直接寻找法。找到文中与题目意思相近的句子，得出答案。

The expression "wait on table" in the second paragraph means ” ".

第二段中，词组“等在桌旁”的意思是什么？

A. work in a furniture shop B. keep accounts for a bar

C. wait to lay the table D. serve customers in a restaurant 在餐厅为客

人月艮务


227 / 342

答案：D


解析：根据上下文可推断出，他的儿子是在利用课余时间赚钱，做的

工作应该是餐馆里的服务生，那就是为客人服务的，选 D。

解题方法：上下文推断法。把题目所问的内容代入到上下文中，理解

它们之间的关系，得出答案。

The author's attitude towards manual (体力的）labor is .作者对体力劳

动者的态度如何？

A. positive 积极的 B. negative C. humorous D. critical

答案：A

知识点：观点态度题。，

解析：第一段的第一句就点明美国人对体力劳动者很尊敬。接下来的

两段内容也是通过举例子详细说明了这个观点。因此，可以断定，作

者的态度是积极的、正面的。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全文，理解作者写作的意图，就可以知

道作者的态度。

Which of the following may serve as the best title of the passage?

下面那项最适合作这篇文章的题目？

A Respectable Self-made Family.

American Attitude toward Manual Labor.美国人对体力劳动者的态度


228 / 342

Characteristics of American Culture.

D. The Development of Manual Labor.

答案：B


解析：文章主要讲的就是美国人对体力劳动者很尊敬。B 项很适合。

其他各项与之都没太大的关系。

解题方法：通读归纳法。通读全文，了解文章大意，就可以根据文章

主要内容确定题目。

KEY： ABDAB

Passage 19

My friend Mike was shaking his head in disbelief. "That young woman

who just waited on me," he said, pointing to an employee of the fast food

restaurant where we were eating, "had to call someone over to help her

count change. The cash register (现金出纳机) showed her I needed 99

cents, but she couldn't figure out how to count out the coins." I

understood Mike's concern. What we have done in this country, although

unintentionally, is to create several generations of individuals most of

whom have no idea how to reason; how to do simple math; how to do

research; or, finally, how to be creative (有创造力的). The reason for this

is our overuse of information technology: video games, television, digital

watches, calculators, and computers. Information technology feeds us


229 / 342

information without requiring us to think about it and let us perform

operations without understanding them.

It is time we took a hard look at an educational system that only

teaches our children how to push buttons. Our kids can't tell time if the

clock has hands. They can use calculators, but cannot add, subtract,

divide, or multiply. Video games have taken the place of active,

imaginative play. Although most of them are technically literate, they

choose not to read. They are so used to television and movies that they

cannot use their imagination to stay interested in a book.

It is not enough to recognize that a problem exists. What we need is a

solution. The one I offer is simple to suggest, but may be impossible to

carry out. We must unplug our children. If we don't, they will never learn

how to solve problems. They will never learn even basic reasoning skills

and will certainly not develop creativity. Instead of filling classrooms

with electronics, let's concentrate on good old-fashioned literacy ―

reading books. Students must be taught not to perform computer

operations by rote (死记), but to figure and reason for themselves. They

must see how things work and how processes lead to results, they must

also stretch their imagination.

6. What is the problem with the employee of the fast food restaurant?

A. She does not know how to operate the cash register.


230 / 342

B. She is unable to solve simple math problems.

C. She lacks coins for customers.

D. She does not know how to count coins.

正确答案：B

题目解析：细节推断题。从第一段中"…she couldn't figure out how to

count out the coins…"（她不能解决如何去点硬币的数目的问题）可以

推断出她不能解决好简单的数学问题，所以正确答案为 B"她不能解

决简单的数学问题"。

7. What is Mike's concern?

A. People now rely too much on information technology.

B. Many restaurants now do not provide good service.

C. Modern technology feeds us too much information.

D. We are creating people who can.

正确答案：D

题目解析：推断题。第一段中都在说借助电子工具不去自己思考，在

最后一段里也提到了"Students must be taught not to perform computer

operations by rote (死记), but to figure and reason for themselves."（学生

们必须被教导不要通过运用电脑程序去死记，而要去独自思考和得出

结论）所以只有 D 准确,正确答案为 D"我们正在创造那些不能独自思

考的人"。


231 / 342

8. For children to be interested in reading, they must _____.

A. have an imaginative mind B. be given the right books

C. turn off their television sets D. have a large enough vocabulary

正确答案：A

题目解析：细节推断题。从第二段最后一句"They are so used to

television and movies that they cannot use their imagination to stay

interested in a book."（孩子们对电视和电影是如此的依赖，以至于他

们不能运用他们自己的想象力去对读物感兴趣）可以推断出来正确答

案为A"由于孩子们对阅读感兴趣，他们一定具有富有想象力的思维"。

9. What solution does the author suggest to our children's problem?

A. Get them off TV and computer games.

B. Turn off all electronic equipment at school.

C. Teach them how to learn from video games.

D. Give them freedom in the use of computers.

正确答案：A

题目解析：细节推理题。从第二段中第三句"Video games have taken

the place of active, imaginative play."（电子游戏占据了活跃想象游戏的

太多空间）可以推理出作者建议让孩子们远离电视和电脑游戏，所以

正确答案为 A"让孩子们远离电视和电脑游戏"。


232 / 342

10.We can see from the passage that the author believes _____.

A. information technology is being overused

B. modern technology helps us to do things we don't even understand

C. reading benefits children more than anything else

D. electronics has no place in the classroom

正确答案：C

题目解析：细节推断题。在最后一段中"let's concentrate on good

old-fashioned literacy - reading books."（让我们把注意力集中在那些老

式的好的文学读物上来吧）可以推断出作者的用意，所以正确答案为

C"我们从这篇文章里看出来，作者认为阅读对于孩子们来说比任何其

他事情都有益"。

Passage 20

Even the newest gardener realizes that plants die without water; what is

not so well known is that plants die equally decisively, though not so

quickly, if they are overwatered(浇水过多). Beginners usually decide to

play it safe and keep their potted(盆栽的) plants thoroughly wet. In

consequence, death by drowning is one of the commonest disasters to

befall (降临)the plants of a new horticulturist. Plants wither (枯萎)away

if they don't get enough water, and this draws attention to their problem.

A plant that has been slightly underwatered so that it droops strikes terror


233 / 342

into the heart of its new owner. But it will, in fact, recover completely as

long as rescue comes in time and the process is not repeated too often.

Overwatered plants, unfortunately, do not give any such obvious signal;

slowly they cease to thrive and the first visible indication of serious

trouble is a yellowing of the lower leaves. Unless the overwatered pot soil

is given a considerable period without water, during which time the plant

will continue to look wretched, it will suddenly collapse in exactly the

same way as the underwatered plant―but with no chance of being

revived because the roots have rotted away.

11. From the text we can infer a horticulturist is a person engaged in

_____.

A. growing plants B. raising birds

C. cutting plants D. studying the death cause of plants

正确答案：A

题目解析： horticulturis 园艺家，根据这个单词和文章讲的种花技巧

可以明白,正确答案选 A。

12. What does a new gardener usually decide to do to keep their potted

plants alive?

A. Underwatering the plants. B. Fertilizing the pot soil.

C. Overwatering the plants. D. Loosening the pot soil.


234 / 342

正确答案：C

题目解析：由文章"what is not so well known is that plants die equally

decisively, though not so quickly, if they are overwatered"及其后的句子

"Beginners usually decide to play it safe and keep their potted(盆栽的)

plants thoroughly wet"可以看出初学者会经常会浇过多的水以至于植

物枯萎，正确答案选 C。

13. According to the text, which of the following plants might die without

recovery?

A. Plants with their lower leaves yellowing. B. Overwatered plants.

C. Underwatered plants. D. Plants with worms.

正确答案：B

题目解析：由文章可以看出讲的是关于植物浇水过多的问题，并没有

提到虫的问题，排除答案 D，答案 A 是浇水过多的表现，也排除，

由"Overwatered plants, unfortunately, do not give any such obvious

signal; slowly they cease to thrive and the first visible indication of

serious trouble is a yellowing of the lower leaves"可以看出浇水过多会

逐渐使植物死掉而且表现不明显，正确答案选 B。

14. A withered plant might be rescued because _____.

A. it doesn't alive B. it is repeatedly overwatered

C. it gives visible signal of dying D. it dies slowly


235 / 342

正确答案：C

题目解析：由文章"slowly they cease to thrive and the first visible

indication of serious trouble is a yellowing of the lower leaves"可以看出

枯萎的植物说明已经濒临死亡，需要进行救助，正确答案选 C。

15. What is the purpose of this text?

A. To warn gardeners not to underwater plants.

B. To give information about general problems of gardening.

C. To draw attention to the problem of overwatered plants.

D. To recommend new gardeners the book about gardening.

正确答案：C

题目解析：这篇文章的目的，就是教那些初学者注意种花中浇水过多

的问题，正确答案选 C。

Passage 21

Do you know who Benjamin Banneker was and what he

did?Benjamin Banneker was a self-educated scientist at a time when most

African Americans were slaves. Born a free black man in the British

Colony of Maryland in 1731, he received some formal education, but he

mostly borrowed books and taught himself science and mathematics. At


236 / 342

22, he borrowed a pocket watch, and without any training, figured out

how to carve a working wooden clock that chimed each hour. Because of

this clock, he became well known and people would visit him just to see

his creation.

Banneker ran his family farm for many years, but when he was in his

late 50s, a neighbor's son lent him a telescope. He became interested in

astronomy, the study of the planets and stars, and again taught himself a

new science. He made calculations of tides, sunrises and sunsets, and

even predicted an eclipse. For several years he published an almanac of

these calculations. Today, he is best known for publishing six almanacs,

called "Benjamin Banneker's Almanac" between 1792 and 1797.

In the 1790s, Banneker also helped survey and lay out the land for

Washington, D.C., which became the nation's capital. For a look at

Banneker's amazing life, visit the Benjamin Banneker Historical Park &

Museum in Ellicott, City, Maryland.

6. What was the status of most African-Americans at Banneker's time?

A. Most African Americans could have formal education.

B. Most African Americans could be self-educated.

C. Most African Americans had freedom.

D. Most African Americans were slaves.

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章第二段第一句话可以看出在 Benjamin Banneker 成


237 / 342

为科学家的时候大多数非洲美国人还是奴隶。正确答案选 D。

7. What subjects did Benjamin teach himself?

A. Science and mathematics.

B. Science, mathematics and astronomy.

C. Astronomy only.

D. Six Almanac.

正确答案：B

题目解析：由文章第二段"taught himself science and mathematics"可以

看出他教自己数学和科学，但是在成家之后"He became interested in

astronomy"，他的兴趣又转向了天文学，而且又是自学，正确答案选

B。

8. He became famous at the age of 22 because of _____. .

A. a watch B. a telescope

C. a book D. a clock

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章第二段可以看出本杰明在他 22 岁的时候闻名是因

为他发明了钟，正确答案选 D。

9. The word "almanac"(Line4,para3) probably means _____. .

A. a book B. an object


238 / 342

C. a survey D. a diary

正确答案：A

题目解析： "almanac"中文意思为历书，年鉴，即为中国日历的意思。

正确答案选 A。

10. Which of Mr. Banneker's works is best known?

A. Eclipse prediction. B. Helping surveying the capital.

C. Benjamin Banneker. D. A wooden clock.

正确答案：C

题目解析：由："Today, he is best known for publishing six almanacs,

called "Benjamin Banneker's Almanac""可以看出本杰明闻名是由于他

发明了年鉴，正确答案选 C。

Passage 22

Early in the 16th century men were trying to reach Asia by traveling

west from Europe. In order to find Asia they had to find a way past South

America. The man who eventually found the way from the Atlantic

Ocean to the Pacific was Ferdinand Magellan.

Magellan sailed from Seville in August 1519 with five ships and

about 280 men. Fourteen months later, after spending the severe winter

on the coast of Patagonia(巴塔哥尼亚), he discovered the channel which

is now called Magellan's Strait. In November 1520, after many months of


239 / 342

dangers from rocks and storms, the three remaining ships entered the

ocean on the other side of South America.

They then continued, hoping to reach Asia. But they did not see any

land until they reached the islands off the coast of Asia. Before they

arrived at these islands, later known as the Philippines, men were dying

of starvation. While they were staying in the Philippines, Magellan was

killed in battles. The remaining officers then had to get back to Spain.

They decided to sail round Africa. After many difficulties, one ship with

eighteen men sailed into Seville three years after leaving. They were all

that remained of Magellan's expedition. However, their achievement was

great. They were the first men to sail round the world.

11. The purpose of Magellan's expedition was _____.

A. to sail round the world

B. to find navigation lane from the Atlantic to the Pacific

C. to make a voyage to Asia

D. to carry men to Philippines

正确答案：C

题目解析：

由文章"In order to find Asia they had to find a way past South America"

看出他们是为了寻找一条到亚洲的海路，正确答案选 C。

12. The time Magellan Strait was discovered was _____.


240 / 342

A. in August 1519 B. in October 1520

C. in November 1520 D. not mentioned

正确答案：B

题目解析：由文章"Seville in August 1519 with five ships and about 280

men. Fourteen months later, after spending the severe winter on the coast

of Patagonia(巴塔哥尼亚), he discovered the channel which is now

called Magellan's Strait"可以看出麦哲伦 1519 年八月出发，十四个月

后找到了麦哲伦海峡，推断时间是 1520 年十月，正确答案选 B。

13. The number of the ships lost on the whole expedition was _____.

A. two B. three

C. four D. five

正确答案：C

题目解析：由文章"After many difficulties, one ship with eighteen men

sailed into Seville three years after leaving."可以看出只有一艘船载着

十八个人回到了 Seville，即毁掉了四艘船，正确答案选 C。

14. Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage concerning

the expedition?

A. Lack of navigation equipment. B. Severe winter in Patagonia.

C. The death of Magellan. D. Dangers from rocks and

storms.


241 / 342

正确答案：A

题目解析：在文章中在经历了"after spending the severe winter on the

coast of Patagonia，after many months of dangers from rocks and

storms,，Magellan was killed in battles."这些事情后航海终于成功了，

缺少航海仪器文章并没有提及，正确答案选 A。

15. The best title for this passage is _____.

A. The Discovery of Magellan B. The Discovery of

the Philippines

C. The Most Dangerous Expeditions in Navigation D. The First Sailing

round the World

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章"However, their achievement was great. They were the

first men to sail round the world."可以看出来他们是世界上第一个环球

航行的人，正确答案选 D。

Passage 23

I worked as a manager in a company for a number of years. I liked my

job, and was doing well there, but our company was bought by a larger

company and most of the managers at our place lost their jobs. That was

when I decided to do something I'd always wanted to do ― become a

freelance (自由撰稿的) writer. Changing professions (职业) has meant


242 / 342

that my lifestyle has changed in a number of ways.

The main difference for me now is that I have a much more flexible

(灵活的) schedule. I work about as much as I did before ― between 45

and 50 hours a week ― but my schedule is much less rigid than it used

to be. Before, I worked from 8 to 5 every day, with a few extra hours on

weekends. Now, however, I work when I feel like it. For instance,

sometimes I work until midnight or 2 A.M., then sleep until noon. I really

prefer this kind of schedule. It seems more natural to me.

I also decided that it was about time I began to pay more attention to

my health. While I was working as a manager, I never exercised. I

already felt tired after work, so I just came home in the evening and

watched TV. However, last year I joined a health club and began to do

regular exercise. As a result I have lost over 10 pounds and I feel much

better. I've also started to eat more healthfully. I used to eat a lot of fast

food, but now I do my own shopping. I buy lots of fruits and vegetables

and cook them at home.

Of course, not all the changes have been that easy. For example, I

don't feel as secure financially as I used to. When I was working as a

manager, I never worried much about money. I could always count on

getting my paycheck every two weeks. Working freelance, I don't have a

regular paycheck. So now I have to make sure there's enough money until

the next check arrives.


243 / 342

All in all, I really like my current lifestyle. Of course, that doesn't

mean I'll never want to have a "regular" job. But for now, at least, it suits

me.

6. Why did the author decide to become a freelance writer?

A. He had always liked writing. B. He was dissatisfied with his

company.

C. He never liked his job as a manager. D. He wanted to change his

lifestyle.

正确答案：A

题目解析：细节题。A"他喜欢写作"B"他不满意现在的公司"C"作为管

理者他从来没有喜欢过他的工作"D"他想要改变他的生活方式"，从第

一段"I'd always wanted to do - become a freelance (自由撰稿的) writer."

（我总是想去做--成为一个自由撰稿作家）可以看出，B、C、D 和原

文意思相违背，所以只有 A"他总是喜欢写作"正确。

7. What is the main difference the job change brought to the author?

A. He works fewer hours a week. B. He does not have to

work on weekends.

C. He can change his schedule as he likes. D. He can work at night and

sleep late.

正确答案：C

题目解析：细节题。第二段都是在说作息时间表的变化和灵活多变，


244 / 342

所以可以看出 C"他能按他的喜好安排作息时间。"是正确的，正确答

案为 C。

8. Why does the author do his own cooking now?

A. He wants to lose weight. B. He has got lots of free time on

his hands.

C. He no longer feels tired after work. D. He wants to eat more

healthfully.

正确答案：D

题目解析：细节题。从第三段倒数第三句"I've also started to eat more

healthfully."（我也已经开始了更健康的饮食）可以得出，"他想要更

健康的饮食"所以正确答案为 D。

9. What is his chief problem now?

A. He cannot count on his paycheck to arrive on time. B. He has no

regular work to do.

C. He has to find a publisher for his books. D. He has to

worry about money.

正确答案：D

题目解析：细节题。从第四段第二句话可以看出"I don't feel as secure

financially as I used to."（我没有像过去一样感觉到财政上的无虑），

所以正确答案为 D"他不得不为了钱的事情担心"。


245 / 342

10. At the end of the passage, the author indicates that _____.

A. he is going to find a regular job soon

B. he is not going to change his lifestyle in the near future

C. he will continue to write for the rest of his life

D. he will soon find out whether writing is a good career for him

正确答案：B

题目解析：细节题。从最后一段可以看出"…I really like my current

lifestyle …But for now, at least, it suits me."（我真的喜欢当前的生活方

式……至少到现在，这种方式是适合我的），只有 B"在近阶段，他

将不会去改变他的生活方式"符合原文，所以正确答案为 B。

Passage 24

All the customs, beliefs, values, knowledge and skills that guide a

people's behavior along sharing paths are part of their culture. People

throughout the world have different cultures. Therefore their standards for

behavior often differ. We tend to assume that certain behaviors have

pretty much the same meaning around the world and we anticipate that

other people will act as we do. But this is clearly not the case. When we

are in a different culture, we may find ourselves in situations for which

we are unprepared.

Not surprisingly, interaction among people of different cultures is often


246 / 342

filled with uncertainties and even difficulties. Take the matter of the

"language space", identified by the anthropologist Edward T. Hall. He

notes that Arabs tend to get very close to other people, close enough to

breathe on them. When Arabs do not breathe on a person, it means that

they are ashamed. But Americans insist on staying outside the range of

other people's breath, viewing the odor as distasteful. Americans typically

back away as an Arab comes close, and the Arab follows. For example,

an Arab business representative may not trust an American who backs off.

On the other hand, the American may distrust the Arab for seeming so

pushy.

11. Which of the following aspect does not belong to the scope of culture

according to the passage?

A. customs. B. beliefs.

C. values. D. hobbies.

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章第一句"All the customs, beliefs, values, knowledge

and skills that guide a people's behavior along sharing paths are part of

their culture"可以看出文章并没有提到 hobbies，正确答案选 D。

12. Certain behaviors _____ according to the 1st paragraph.

A. have the same meaning around the world

B. have different meanings in different parts of the world


247 / 342

C. are shared by people all over the world

D. can not be influenced by cultures

正确答案：B

题目解析：由句子"People throughout the world have different cultures.

Therefore their standards for behavior often differ"可以看出不同的风俗

行为的意思不同，正确答案选 B。

13. If we are in a different culture, we may _____.

A. notice that foreigners behave differently from us

B. behave differently from when we are in our native country

C. have no difficulty in understanding people

D. change our behaviors

正确答案：A

题目解析：由句子"we may find ourselves in situations for which we are

unprepared." 可以看出我们处在不同的风俗中会发现自己无所适从，

正确答案选 A。

14. According to the passage "language space" means _____.

A. Arabs tend to get close to other people

B. Americans tend to stand outside the range of other people

C. the distance between two speakers when they talk with each other

D. the space between two foreigners when they talk


248 / 342

正确答案：C

题目解析： "language space"语言空间的意思，根据阿拉伯人的例子

说明人与人之间的对话要保持距离，正确答案选 C。

15. It can be concluded from the passage that _____.

A. Arabs and Americans may move far away from the original place

where they begin their talk B. Arabs are never ashamed

C. It's difficult to make friends with Americans

D. Americans like to back off on any occasion

正确答案：A

题目解析：根据文章的内容，阿拉伯人和美国人完全是不同的风格而

且"the American may distrust the Arab for seeming so pushy"，正确答案

选 A。

Passage25

The purpose of this part of the book is to help you become more efficient

in reading by speeding up the process generally. Most people can learn to

cover material much faster than they do now while maintaining a high

level of comprehension.

Improvement in reading efficiency has several major benefits. We

need reading skills to benefit from the wealth of information that is now

available in printed form. Most people get the rough outlines of their


249 / 342

daily news from television and radio. However, the printed word still

provides the in-depth coverage of topics that really produces

well-informed people. Reading is also a great source of entertainment for

many people. For students, it is the primary method of studying.

The time you now spend reading can be made much more productive by

increasing your reading rate. For some people this will mean that they can

obtain more information in the same length of time. For others it will

mean that time now devoted to reading can be used in other more

interesting and profitable ways.

To determine how fast you are reading, you first have to get some

idea of the number of words in a given passage. Then you simply divide

the number of words by the number of minutes it takes to read. That will

give your rate in words per minute.

6. The passage is taken from _____.

A. a story book

B. a news report

C. a report on a scientific research

D. a book on reading

正确答案：D

题目解析：由"The purpose of this part of the book is to help you become

more efficient in reading by speeding up the process generally." 可以看

出这篇文章来源于一本关于阅读的书，正确答案选 D。


250 / 342

7. Which of the following statements is NOT a benefit from reading

according to the passage?

A. Reading will help readers get more information.

B. By reading readers will have a in-depth coverage of daily news.

C. Students must read so that they can master knowledge.

D. Improvement of reading helps readers get outlines of daily news.

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章可以看出文章并没有讲改进阅读可以帮助读者了解

新闻的大概，正确答案选 D。

8. This passage mainly discusses _____.

A. different kinds of reading

B. the importance of improving reading skills and how to calculate

reading rate

C. reading as a source of entertainment

D. different ways to improve reading speed

正确答案：B

题目解析：文章主要讲的是发展阅读技巧的重要性和如何计划阅读的

速度，正确答案选 B。

9. "Reading efficiency" in Paragraph 2 means _____.


251 / 342

A. the average reading rate

B. the ability of reading fast with a good understanding

C. reading materials readers like

D. reading habits

正确答案：B

题目解析： "reading efficiency"是阅读效率的意思，所以正确答案选

B。

10. Reading speed can be calculated by _____.

A. counting how many words a reader has read

B. dividing the total number of words a reader read by the time he spends

on reading

C. timing how many minutes a reader has read

D. asking help from the teacher

正确答案：B

题目解析：由文章"Then you simply divide the number of words by the

number of minutes it takes to read."可以知道提高阅读速度可以通过分

段分时间阅读，正确答案选 B。

Passage 26

A symbol is something that is used to represent something else.

Numbers, letters, and words are all symbols that show ideas.


252 / 342

The easiest symbols to understand are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.

We can put these 10 symbols together in different ways to make every

possible number. All people on earth understand the ideas shown by these

mathematical symbols. In fact, scientists think that if we meet living

things from space, we will use mathematical symbols to try to talk to

them.

Letters are symbols we can use to write a sound. We put letters

together to make words. Words are symbols, too. For example, we want

to write the idea of something that is living. It is made of wood, and it has

leaves. We use the word tree. Other languages use different words to

make their symbols tree.

The Egyptians made one of the earliest forms of writing called

hieroglyphics. They used pictures to represent people and stories. We can

still see examples of hieroglyphics in museums. They are very difficult

for us to read.

Europeans began to use picture symbols on road signs about 50 years

ago. People speak many different languages in Europe, but they can drive

in all European countries because of the picture symbols in the road

signs.

11. All the following are symbols except _____.

A. letters B. trees

C. numbers D. words


253 / 342

正确答案：B

题目解析：由文章地一段可以知道"Numbers, letters, and words are all

symbols that show ideas"并没有提到 B，所以答案选 B。

12. In the first sentence of the passage, the word "represent" means

_____.

A. find B. ask

C. give D. show

正确答案：D

题目解析： "represent"是表示、描绘的意思，这里意思接近的只有单

词 show,正确答案选 D。

13. The easiest symbols to understand are _____.

A. picture symbols B. letters

C. mathematical symbols D. signs

正确答案：C

题目解析：由原文"The easiest symbols to understand are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

6, 7, 8 and 9"可以知道最早的象征符号是数字，正确答案选 C。

14. In this passage, "hieroglyphics" most probably refers to _____.

A. writing in pictures, not words

B. writing in words with pictures


254 / 342

C. writing in words only

D. writing with letters

正确答案：A

题目解析： "hieroglyphics"是象形文字的意思，"They used pictures to

represent people and stories"象形文字用的是图画表示人和故事，正确

答案选 A。

15. Which of the following is not true?

A. Numbers can be used to talk to living things from space.

B. Hieroglyphics is still used in Egypt today.

C. Words are symbols that show ideas.

D. People speaking different languages can read road signs.

正确答案：B

题目解析：答案 ACD 都是文中提到的，由"We can still see examples of

hieroglyphics in museums"可以知道象形文字现在只存在于博物馆了，

所以现在已经不适用了，正确答案选 B。

Passage 27

Can animals be made to work for us? Some scientists think that one day

animals may be trained to do a number of simple jobs that are now done

by human beings.

They point out that at a circus, for example, we may see elephants,


255 / 342

monkeys, dogs and other animals doing quite skillful things. Perhaps you

have seen them on the television or in a film. If you watch closely, you

may notice that the trainer always gives the animal a piece of candy or a

piece of fruit as a reward. The scientists say that many different animals

may be trained to do a number of simple jobs if they know they will get a

reward for doing them.

Of course, as we know, dogs can be used to guard a house, and

soldiers in both old and modern times have used geese to give warning by

making a lot of noise when a stranger or an enemy comes near. But it

may be possible to train animals to work in factories. In Russian, for

example, pigeons, which are birds with good eyesight, are being used to

watch out for faults in small steel balls that are being made in one factory.

When the pigeon sees a ball which looks different from others, it touches

a steel plate with its beak. This turns on a light to warn people in the

factory. At the same time a few seeds are given as a reward. It takes three

to five weeks to train a pigeon to this and one pigeon can inspect 3,000 to

4,000 balls an hour.

Apes have been used in America in helping to make cars, and

scientists believe that these large monkeys may be one day gather crops

and even drive trains.

6. What made scientists think animals can be made to work for us one


256 / 342

day?

A. Animals are very skillful at a circus.

B. They are big and strong.

C. Some animals are as clever as human beings.

D. Animals can be trained because they like to get something as a reward.

正确答案：A

题目解析：细节题。从第二段第一句话"They point out that at a circus,

for example, we may see elephants, monkeys, dogs and other animals

doing quite skillful things"（他们指出在马戏团，例如，我们可以看到

大象、猴子、狗和其他一些动物做十分灵巧的事情）可以得出正确答

案为 A"在马戏团，动物们都是很灵巧的"。

7. The trainer usually gives the animal a piece of candy or fruit_____.

A. when it is hungry B. before it plays a trick

C. when it starts to play a trick D. after it has done the trick

正确答案：D

题目解析：细节推断题。从第二段倒数第二句可以看出"…the trainer

always gives the animal a piece of candy or a piece of fruit as a reward."

（训练员总会给那些动物一块糖果或者一块水果作为奖励），所以可

以推断出正确答案为 D"训练员通常在动物完成规定动作之后给它们

一块糖果或者水果"。


257 / 342

8. The "reward" in the passage means _____.

A. an honour given for doing something B. money paid for doing

something

C. attention paid to good conduct D. something given in

return for work

正确答案：D

题目解析：理解题。reward"报酬，奖赏"，在这里仍然是这个意思，

即给动物完成工作的补偿，所以正确答案为 D"对工作的一些回报"。

9. Many animals may be trained to do simple jobs if they know _____.

A. who their trainers are B. They will be praised

by their trainers

C. They will get a reward D. something dangerous

will happen to them

正确答案：C

题目解析：细节题。从第二段最后一句可以看出"…if they know they

will get a reward for doing them."（如果那些动物知道它们做那些事情

将会得到奖赏），所以可以推断出正确答案为 C"许多动物可以被训

练做些简单的工作，如果它们知道它们将得到奖赏"。

10. Which of the following is not true?

A. Scientists consider apes may driver trains some day.


258 / 342

B. Apes have worked in some factories.

C. Apes may one day be used to gather crops.

D. An ape is not a large monkey.

正确答案：D

题目解析：细节题。A"科学家认为猿猴有朝一日可以开火车"B"猿猴

已经在一些工厂里工作了"C"未来的某一天猿猴可以被用来收割农作

物"都可以在最后一段找到，所以运用排除法，只有 D 文章没有提到，

所以正确答案为 D"猿不是大猴子"。

Passage 28

In the United States elementary education begins at the age of six. At this

stage nearly all the teachers are women, mostly married. The atmosphere

is usually very friendly, and the teachers have now accepted the idea that

the important thing is to make the children happy and interested. The old

authoritarian (要绝对服从的) methods of education were discredited (不

被认可) rather a long time ago ― so much so that many people now

think that they have gone too far in the direction of trying to make

children happy and interested rather than giving them actual instruction.

The social education of young children tries to make them accept the

idea that human beings in a society need to work together for their

common good. So the emphasis is on co-operation rather than

competition throughout most of this process. This may seem curious, in


259 / 342

view of the fact that American society is highly competitive; however, the

need for making people sociable in this sense has come to be regarded as

one of the functions of education. Most Americans do grow up with

competitive ideas, and obviously quite a few as criminals, but it is not fair

to say that the educational system fails. It probably does succeed in

making most people sociable and ready to help one another both in

material ways and through kindness and friendliness.

11. According to the passage, the U.S. elementary education is supposed

to make children _____.

A. sensible and sensitive B. curious and friendly

C. competitive and interested D. happy and co-operative

正确答案：D

题目解析：由文章"to make the children happy and interested"可以看出

正确答案选 D。

12. Some Americans complain about elementary schools because they

think _____.

A. children are reluctant to help each other

B. schools lay too much emphasis on co-operation

C. children should grow up with competitive ideas

D. schools give little actual instruction to children

正确答案：D


260 / 342

题目解析：由文章第一段最后一句话可以看出很多人认为学校过于重

视让孩子高兴和感兴趣从而导致了实际指导的减少，正确答案选 D。

13. The author's attitude towards American education can be best

described as _____.

A. favorable B. negative

C. tolerant D. unfriendly

正确答案：A

题目解析： favorable 支持；negative 否定的；tolerant 容忍的；unfriendly

不友好，从全文来看，作者比较支持新的教育方法，正确答案选 A。

14. The American educational system emphasizes _____.

A. material wealth B. competition

C. co-operation D. personal benefit

正确答案：C

题目解析：由原文"So the emphasis is on co-operation rather than

competition throughout most of this process"可以看出在教育的重点上

合作比竞争重要，正确答案选 C。

15. The word "sociable" (Line 8, Paragraph 2) most probably means

_____.

A. fond of talking freely B. friendly with other people


261 / 342

C. concerned about social welfare D. happy at school

正确答案：B

题目解析： "sociable"是好交际的、友善的意思，和答案 B 表示的意

思一致，正确答案选 B。

Passage 29

There are three kinds of goals: short-term, medium-range and long-term

goals.

Short-term goals are those that usually deal with current activities,

which we can apply on a daily basis. Such goals can be achieved in a

week or less, or two weeks, or possibly, months. It should be remembered

that just as a building is no stronger than its foundation, long-term goals

cannot amount to very munch without the achievement of solid

short-term goals. Upon completing our short-term goals, we should date

the occasion and then add new short-term goals that will build on those

that have been completed.

The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term

goals. They might deal with just one term of school or the entire school

year, or they could even extend for several years. Any time you move a

step at a time, you should never allow yourself to become discouraged or

overwhelmed. As you complete each step, you will enforce the belief in

your ability to grow and succeed. And as your list of completion dates


262 / 342

grow, your motivation and desire will increase.

Long-term goals may be related to our dreams of the future. They

might cover five years or more. Life is not a static thing. We should never

allow a long-term goal to limit us or our course of action.

(1)、Our long-term goals mean a lot ________.

A：If we cannot reach solid short-term goals

B：If we complete the short-term goals

C：if we have dreams of the future

D：if we put forward some plans

答案：B

评析：根据首段 long-term goals cannot amount to very munch without

the achievement of solid short-term goals，可见短期目标的完成对于长

期目标的重要

(2)、New short-term goals are built upon ________.

A：a daily basis

B：your achievement in a week

C：current activities

D：the goals that have been completed

答案：D

评析：根据首段末尾，then add new short-term goals that will build on

those that have been completed，可知新的短期目标是建立在之前目标

完成的基础上


263 / 342

(3)、When we complete each step of our goals, ________.

A：we will win final success

B：we are overwhelmed

C：we should build up confidence of success

D：we should have strong desire for setting new goals

答案：C

评析：根据第三段 As you complete each step, you will enforce the belief

in your ability to grow and succeed，要建立可以成功的自信

(4)、What is the main idea of this passage? ________

A：Life is a dynamic thing.

B：We should set up long-term goals.

C：Different kinds of goals in life.

D：The limitation of long-term goals.

答案：C

评析：全文在讲生活中不同类型的目标

(5)、Which of the following statements is wrong according to the passage?

________

A：The long-term goals cannot amount to very munch without the

achievement of solid short-term goals.

B：The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term goals.

C：Life is a static thing, thus we should never allow a long-term goal to

limit us or our course of action.


264 / 342

D：We should often add new short-term goals to those which have been

completed.

答案：C

评析：根据文章末尾 Life is not a static thing，可知 C 项错误

Passage 30

How men first learnt to invent words is unknown; in other words, the

origin of language is a mystery. All we really know is that men, unlike

animals, somehow invented certain sounds to express thought and

feelings, actions and things, so that they could communicate with each

other; and that later they agreed upon certain signs, called letters, which

could be combined to present those sounds, and which could be written

down. Those sounds, whether spoken or written in letters, we call words.

The power of words, then, lies in their associations - the things they bring

up before our minds. Words become filled with meaning for us by

experience; and the longer we live, the more certain words recall to us the

glad and sad events of our past; and the more we read and learn, the more

the number of words that mean something increases.

Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express

these thoughts in words which appeal powerfully to our minds and

emotions. This charming and telling use of words is what we call literary

style. Above all, the real poet is a master of words. He can convey his


265 / 342

meaning in words which sing like music and which by their position and

association can move men to tears. We should therefore learn to choose

our words carefully and use them accurately, or they will make our

speech silly and vulgar.

（1）、The origin of language is _________.

A.a legend handed down from the past

B.a matter that is hidden or secret

C.a question difficult to answer

D.a problem not yet solved

答案：D

解析：根据全文第一句可直接判断，语言的起源仍是未知的，故选 D。

（2）、What is true about words? _______

A.They are used to express feelings only.

B.They can not be written down.

C.They are simply sounds.

D.They are mysterious.

答案：C

解析：根据第一段的最后一句，我们将那些声音，无论是口头的还是

书面化的，称之为 words 语言。

（3）、The real power of words consists in their ______.


266 / 342

A.properties

B.characteristics

C.peculiarity

D.representative function

答案：D

解析：语言的强大不在于它的性能，特点和古怪，而是在于它独具代

表性的交往功能。选 D。

（4）、By "association" in the last paragraph, the author means ______.

A.a special quality

B. a joining of ideas in the mind

C.an appearance which is puzzling

D.a strange feature

答案：B

解析：此题考察理解，优秀的诗人是语言高手，通过对文字的排列，

准确的传达出自己的所想所思，借以成文，催人泪下。故选 B。

（5）、Which of the following statements about the real poet is NOT true?

_________

A.He is no more than a master of words.

B.He can convey his ideas in words which sing like music.

C.He can move men to tears.


267 / 342

D.His style is always charming.

答案：A

解析：此题侧面考察了词组 no more than，它是“只是”的意思，诗

人并不只是语言大师，还具有独到而深刻的思维的，故选 A，理解片

面。

Passage 31

Mr. Young ran his own business and worked very hard. His wife was

afraid that he would get sick if he continued like that, so she often tried to

get him to take a vacation. At last she managed to persuade him to do so,

and she hoped that he would be able to enjoy his vacation without any

disturbance, so before they left, Mrs. Young went to see her husband's

secretary. She said to her, "My husband needs a vacation very much, so

whatever happens, please don't bother him with telegrams and letters

about business problems while we are away. Just wait till we get back."

After Mr. and Mrs. Young had been away about a week, Mr. Young

received a letter from his secretary which said, "Something terrible

happened to your business, but I'm not going to bother you with it while

you are enjoying your vacation."

杨先生经营自己生意和工作很辛苦，他的妻子怕他这样继续下去会生

病，所以她常常劝说他去度一次假。最后，她成功地说服了他，她希


268 / 342

望他能够享受没有任何干扰的假期，所以在离开前，杨太太去见了丈

夫的秘书。她对她说，“我的丈夫非常需要一个假期，所以无论发生

什么事，请不要打电话和发有关业务问题的信件，一切都等到我们回

来。”后来杨先生和夫人离开大约一周后，杨先生收到了他秘书一封

信，信中说：“你的生意发生了很大的损失，但我不会打搅你，你正

在享受你的假期。”

1. Mr. Young was the owner of a private business. 杨先生是个民营

企业老板。

A：T B：F

2. Mrs. Young worried about her husband's business. 杨太太担心丈

夫的生意

A：T B：F

3. Mrs. Young was afraid that her husband's vacation might be spoilt.

杨太太担心丈夫的假期被破坏

A：T B：F

4. The secretary didn't explain in her letter what had happened to

Mr.Young's business, because she didn't want to spoil Mr. Young's

vacation.

秘书没有在信中说明发生了什么事情，因为她不想破坏杨先生的假

期。

A：T B：F

5. You can learn from the story that Mr. Young had a stupid secretary.你


269 / 342

可以从文章中知道：杨先生有个愚蠢的秘书。

A：T B：F

KEY：ABAAA

Passage 32

A story is told about a soldier who was finally coming home after having

fought in Vietnam. He called his parents from San Francisco. "Mom and

Dad, I'm coming home, but I've a favor to ask. I have a friend. I'd like to

bring him home with me."

"Sure," they replied, "we'd love to meet him."

"There's something you should know," the son continued, "he was

injured pretty badly in the fighting. He stepped on a land mine（地雷）

and lost an arm and a leg. He has nowhere else to go, and I want him to

live with us."

"We're sorry to hear that, son. But, maybe we can help him find

somewhere to live."

"No, Mom and Dad, I want him to live with us."

"Son," said the father, "you don't know what you're asking. Someone

with such a handicap would be a terrible burden to us. We have our own

lives to live, and we can't let something like this interfere with our lives. I

think you should just come home and forget about this guy. He'll find a

way to live on his own."

At that point, the son hung up the phone. The parents heard nothing


270 / 342

more from him. A few days later, however, they received a call from the

San Francisco police. Their son had died after falling from a building.

The police believed he had killed himself.

The grief-stricken（悲痛欲绝的） parents flew to San Francisco and were

taken to the city morgue（太平间） to identify the body of their son. They

recognized him, but to their horror they also discovered something they

didn't know, their son had only one arm and one leg.

有这样一个故事,讲的是一个展示参加完越南战争后终于要回家了。

他从旧金山打电话给他的父母，“爸爸妈妈,我要回家了,但是我想请

你们帮个忙，我有一个朋友，我想带他一起回家。”

“当然,”他们回答道,“我们将很高兴见到他。”

“只是有些事情你们必须知道,”儿子接着说,“他在战斗中受了很重

的伤,他踩到地雷而失去了一只胳膊和一条腿。他无处可去,我想让他

和我们住在一起。”

“儿子，我们听到这个消息很抱歉。但是,或许我们可以帮他找个住

的地方。”

“不,爸爸妈妈,我想让他和我们住在一起。”

“儿子,”父亲说,“你不知道你在说什么，身体这样残疾的人会成为

我们生活的沉重负担，我们有自己的生活,我们不能让这样的事情干

扰我们的生活。我觉得你回来就好了,把那个人忘了吧，他会有办法

自己活下去的”

说到这里,儿子挂断了电话。父母再也听不到他的声音。然而几天后,


271 / 342

他们接到了旧金山警方的电话，说他们的儿子坠楼身亡了，警方认为

他是自杀。

悲痛欲绝的父母飞往旧金山,并在警方的带领下到太平间去辨认儿子

的遗体。他们认出了他,但是让他们十分震惊的我，他们发现了一件

之前不知道的事情：他们的儿子只有一只胳膊和一条腿。

1. The soldier called his parents from San Francisco after having fought

in Vietnam. 曾在越南打仗的士兵从旧金山打电话给他的父母。

A：T B：F

2. The soldier told his parents that he wanted them to meet his friend in

the army. 那个士兵告诉他的父母,他想让他们去迎接他在部队服役的

朋友。

A：T B：F

3. His father considered his plan unacceptable. 他的父亲认为他的想法

是不能接受的。

A：T B：F

4. A few days later the parents were told by the police that their son had

killed himself. 几天后,警方告诉父母,他们的儿子已经自杀了。

A：T B：F

5. The son killed himself because he was unable to find a job. 因为找

不到一份工作儿子就自杀了。

A：T B：F

KEY：ABAAB


272 / 342

Passage 33

People often say that the Englishman's home is his castle. They mean that

the home is very important and personal. Most people in Britain live in

houses rather than flats, and many people own their homes. This means

that they can make them personal, and change them in any way they like-

Most houses have a garden, even if it is a small one, and the garden is

usually loved. The house and the garden are the private space of a person.

In a crowded city a person knows that he or she has a private space which

is only for him or herself and for invited friends.

People usually like to mark their space. If you are on the beach you

may have spread your towels around you; on the train you may have put

your coat or small bag on the seat beside you; in a library you may spread

your books around you,

Once I was travelling on a train to London. I was in a section for

four people and there was a table between us. The man opposite to me

had his briefcase on the table. There was no space on my side of the table

at all. I was unhappy. I thought he thought thai he owned the whole table.

I had been reading a book about nonverbal communication so I took

various papers out of my bag and put them on his case! When I did this

he suddenly became angry and his eyes nearly popped out of his head. I

had taken up his space! A few minutes later I took my papers off in order

to read them. He immediately moved his case to his side of the table.


273 / 342

人们常说英国人的家就是他的城堡，意思是说家很重要也很私人的。

大多数英国人住在别墅而不是公寓,许多人都有自己的房子。这意味

着他们可以把房子搞得颇具个人色彩，可以随心所欲的改变它。多数

房子里都有花园,即便花园很小,通常都是主人钟爱的。房子和花园是

一个人的私密空间。在拥挤的都市,人们知道他或她拥有的私密空间

仅仅属于自己和受邀的朋友们。

人们通常喜欢标记地盘。在沙滩上你会把浴巾摊开在你的周围,在火

车上会把你的外套或小包放在你旁边的座位上,在图书馆里你会将你

的书摊在你的周围。

有一次我坐车去伦敦，坐在一个四人区,我们之间有张桌子。坐在我

对面的男人将他的公文包放在桌子上，我这边的桌子没剩下任何地

方。我很不高兴，我觉得他是认为整张桌子都归他所有。那段时间我

正在读一本关于非语言交流的书,于是我从包里拿出很多不同的文件

放在他的包上!当我这么做的时候,他很气愤,他瞪大了眼睛，我占了他

的地盘!几分钟后,当我拿起文件来看，他马上把包挪到自己那边去了。

1. The home matters greatly to Englishmen. 英国人家庭观念很强。

A：T B：F

2. They love houses more than gardens. 他们喜欢比较房子的花园

A：T B：F

3. you want to tell others the space belongs to you 你想告诉别人空间是

属于你的

A：T B：F


274 / 342

4. He placed his briefcase on the table. 他把公文包放在桌子上。

A：T B：F

5. The writer tried to get back his space by taking all his papers out.笔者

试图用他的文件找回他的空间。

A：T B：F

KEY:ABAAA

Passage 34

In 1920, barely out of his teens, Alfred Hitchcock went to work for an

American film company which had opened a studio in Islington, London.

His first job at the studio was writing captions （脚本） for silent movies.

Within two years, he was writing scripts（剧本） and working as an

assistant director.

For the rest of the 1920s, Hitchcock worked on one film after another in

Britain and Germany. Filming was often a rough-and-ready（匆忙做成

的） affair and the assistant director was required to step in and plug gaps.

A cameraman went missing, Hitchcock became a cameraman. A scene

needed rewriting, Hitchcock rewrote it. Someone needed to be in charge

of money when the film crew was on location, Hitchcock looked after the

money.

At the same time, this being the era of silent movies, Hitchcock was

learning the language of cinema: telling a story－not through dialogue,


275 / 342

but through visual images（视觉影象）. This led to his success later.

When he began to direct his own films, first in Britain and later in

Hollywood, he was determined to make films that held the audience's

attention and kept tension（紧张感）. He succeeded. Hitchcock's ability to

put you on the edge of your seat makes him one of the greatest makers of

suspense（悬念） movies.

1920，阿尔弗雷德•希区柯克（Alfred Hitchcock）还不到 20 岁，在

美国的一家电影公司工作。这家电影公司在伦敦的 Islington 开了个制

片厂。他的第一份工作是为默片写脚本。两年内，他写剧本，并且当

副导演。

在 20 年代，他在英国和德国出品了一部又一部电影。电影经常是匆

忙现做的，所以需要副导演再来介入加入火花高潮等。

同时，这是默片时代。希区柯克学习电影语言---不是通过对话，而是

通过视觉影像来讲故事。这带来了他之后的成功。

当他开始在英国后来在好莱坞导演自己的电影时，他下定决心要让观

众看时候感到紧张。他成功了。希区柯克的电影能够让你紧张地坐在

椅子的边边，这就是为什么他能成为悬疑电影大师的原因

1. Alfred Hitchcock's first job at the studio was writing captions for silent

movies. 希区柯克在制片厂的第一份工作是为默片写脚本

A：T B：F

2. According to the context, "step in and plug gaps" (in Line 3, Para. 2)

means asking for one's help. "step in and plug gaps"是指寻求他人的帮


276 / 342

助

A：T B：F

3. Telling a story through dialogue prepared Hitchcock for his success

later. 通过对话来讲故事，为希区柯克以后的成功做了准备

A：T B：F

4. He was determined to draw the audience's attention and keep tension in

his film-making. 他下定决心要抓住观众的注意力，在他的电影中保

持一种紧张感。

A：T B：F

5. He had taken up different jobs before he succeeded. 在成功前，他做

过不同的工作。

A：T B：F

KEY:ABBAA

Passage 35

We are busy talking about and using the Internet，but how many of us

know the history of the Internet? Many people are surprised when

they find that the Internet was set up in the 1960s. At that time，computers

were large and expensive. Computer network didn't work well. If one

computer in the network broke down，then the whole network stopped. So

a new network system had to be set up. It should be good enough to be


277 / 342

used by many different computers. If part of the network was not

working，information could be sent through another part. In this way

computer network system would keep on working on the time. At

first the Internet was only used by the government，but in the early

1970s，universities，hospitals and banks were allowed to use it too.

However，computers were still very expensive and the Internet was

difficult to use. By the start of the 1990s，computers became cheaper and

easier to use. Scientists had also developed software that made

"surfing"in the Internet more convenient. Today it is easy to get

on-line and it is said that millions of people use the Internet every day.

Sending e-mail is more and more popular among students. The

Internet has now become one of the most important parts of people's life.

我们都在谈论和使用互联网，但是有多少人知道网络的历史。

很多人得知网络建立于 20 世纪 60 年代时，都很吃惊。那时候电脑很

大，也很贵。网络常常断线，如果网络中的一台电脑坏了，那整个网

络都得停了。所以必须建立一个新的网络，这个网络应该能让很多台

电脑使用，如果网络的一部分不能工作了，信息应该可以通过网络的

另一部分传递出。通过这种方式，电脑网络系统可以及时的工作

一开始，只有政府使用网络，但在 20 世纪 70 年代，大学，医院

和银行也被许可运行网络。然而电脑还是很昂贵，也不太好用，到

90 年代，电脑便宜了也好用了。科学家也开发了软件，使网上冲浪

更便利了。


278 / 342

今天很容易上网，据说每天有几百万的人在使用网络。

互联网现在是很多人生活中重要的一部分。

1. The Internet has a history of more than fourty years 互联网有 40 多年

的历史. A：T B：F 2. A new network

system was set up to make computers cheaper. 建立了一个新的网络系

统，是电脑更便宜了 A：T B：F 3. At first

the Internet was only used by the government. 一开始，互联网只有政府

用 A：T B：F 4. Software made

"surfing"the Internet more convenient. 软件让网上冲浪更便利。

A：T B：F 5. Today it's still not easy to get on-line.

今天还是不容易上网 A：T B：F

KEY:ABAAB

Passage 36

People have been talking about health for a long time because people

know the importance of it. People's understanding of health also becomes

deeper with the progress in scientific research. Recently the term "health"

has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just

the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body,

your mind and your relationship with other people. This new concept of

health is closely related to another term－quality of life. Quality of life is

the degree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.


279 / 342

Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of disease

to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this

has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now

expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live

longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the

year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age

of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to

live to the age of 75.

(1)、Progress in scientific research leads to people's deeper understanding

of health.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：根据文章第一段第二句话，人们对健康的理解也随着科学研究

的进步更深入。所以题目所述是正确的，选 A。

题目翻译：科学研究引领人们对健康的理解更深入。

(2)、According to the passage, to people of today, health means absence

of illness.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：根据文章第一段第三句话，现如今，人们对健康的定义，已经


280 / 342

是人们必须从身体上，思想上以及和其他人的关系都是好的。所以题

目所述是错误的，选 B。

题目翻译：通过这篇文章，现在的人们认为，健康就是不生病。

(3)、The emphasis of health has shifted nowadays because people enjoy

better conditions of living and they can live longer.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：随着人们生活水平的提高，健康的概念也改变了，不仅仅是不

生病，更多的是生活质量。

题干翻译：随着人们生活水平的提高，健康的概念也改变了，不仅仅

是不生病，而是享受更好的生活质量，更长寿。

(4)、We can infer from the passage nowadays the emphasis of health has a

broader focus because of improvements in the quality of food.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：第二段说了，现代人们健康观念的转变的一个原因是人们的寿

命随着医疗技术的进步而延长了。故描述不正确。

题干翻译：我们可以推断现代人们健康观念的转变的一个原因是因为

食物质量的提高。

(5)、This passage is mainly about different understandings of the term


281 / 342

"health".

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：文章介绍了健康概念的演化。

题干翻译：文章主要讲的是对健康概念的不同理解。

Passage 37

Do you still get free plastic bags from the supermarkets? Things have

changed.

China has banned free plastic bags at shops and supermarkets, and

people have to pay for using plastic bags. The rule started on June 1. It

came because our country tried to make litter less. Making super-thin

plastic bags has also been banned.

The Chinese once used about 3,000,000,000 plastic shopping bags a

day, and they have caused pollution of the environment. The bags have

become a main cause of plastic pollution because they are not easy to

break and people throw them away here and there. So the Chinese people

are encouraged to bring their own bags for shopping.

What kind of shopping bag is the best to bring? Some students in

Chongqing have a good idea. They make their own shopping bags. They

use old clothes to make cloth bags, and send them to their parents as


282 / 342

presents. They also ask their parents and friends to use cloth bags instead

of plastic ones. They think it is their duty to protect the environment.

(1)、People in China have to pay for using plastic bags at shops and

supermarkets now.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：通过文章第二段叙述，可知，我国已经禁止商店和超市使用免

费的塑料袋，人们需要购买才能够使用。所以，题目所述是正确的，

选 A。

(2)、China made this rule because plastic bags were bad for the

environment.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：通过文章第三段，可知，在我国，塑料袋成了污染环境的主要

来源，塑料袋可以被人们随处乱扔，而且它还不易分解。所以，题目

所述是正确的，选 A。

(3)、The Chinese people are encouraged to bring their own bags for

shopping.

A：T

B：F


283 / 342

答案：A

解析：通过文章第三段，可知，塑料袋不易分解，严重的污染了环境，

所以我国鼓励人们在购物时使用自己的包来代替塑料袋。所以，题目

所述是正确的，选 A。

(4)、Some students in Chongqing buy cloth bags for their parents.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：通过文章最后一段的第二句话，重庆的一些学生用旧衣服来做

个布包，而且把这个做的包当做礼物送给父母。所以，题目所述是错

误的，选 B。

(5)、The main idea of the article is the bags have become a main cause of

plastic pollution.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：通过本文的描述，造成现在白色污染的主要原因是去超市和商

店的塑料袋，而不是包。

所以题目所述是错误的。选 B。

Passage 38


284 / 342

Taking away a city's rubbish is a big job. Every day trucks come into a

city to collect it. Most rubbish is made up of things we can't eat or use. If

we kept these things, we would soon have a mountain of rubbish.

In some cities the rubbish is collected and taken outside the city to a

dump. Often the city dump is placed where the ground is low or there is a

big hole. The kitchen rubbish is broken into small pieces and sent into the

sewage（污水，排水）system. The sewage system takes away the used

water from toilets, bathtubs and other places.

To keep mice and flies away, some earth is used to cover the newly

dumped rubbish. Later, grass may be planted on the rubbish-filled land.

Finally, a house or a school may be built there, and then you'd never

know that this had once been an old rubbish dump.

In other cities the rubbish is burnt in special places. The fire burns

everything except the metal.Sometimes the metal can be used again in

factories where things are made of metal. The food parts of rubbish are

put in special piles where they slowly change into something called

humus（腐殖质）, which looks like black earth. It is rich with the kinds of

things that feed plants and help make them grow.

(1)、You can most probably read this kind of passage in a telephone book.

A：T

B：F

答案：B


285 / 342

解析：文章主要讲的是城市如何处理垃圾。故题干描述是错的。

(2)、The main idea of the passage is to tell people to take useful things

out of rubbish.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：文章主要讲的是城市如何处理垃圾。故题干描述是错的。

(3)、The underlined word "sewage" in the second paragraph means

laundry.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：文章已经给出了翻译，sewage 是污水的意思，不是 laundry 洗

衣店。

(4)、According to the passage, the food parts of rubbish can be used

again to feed plants.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：最后一段说了，垃圾中的食物可以变成腐殖质，变成肥料。故

题干描述是对的。

(5)、We should take care of a used metal box by reusing and recycling it.


286 / 342

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：金属可以回收利用，故描述是对的。

Passage 39

A film crew was at the Circle Five Ranch to film a Marlboro commercial.

This was in 1868, before they prohibited cigarette ads from American

television. Darrell Winfield was watching the crew set up the equipment.

The scene included an actor crossing a river on horseback, but when the

time came to shoot, the man was too drunk to ride. Someone from the

crew saw Winfield and asked him if he would ride the horse for 50

dollars. "Hell," said Winfield, "for 50 bucks, I'll jump that damn horse

over the moon!"

To people in many countries, Winfield is just a familiar but nameless

face, a simple cowboy with an advertising message about a connection

between the West and a brand of cigarettes. Few people know that he is

55, a family man who's been married to the same woman for 37 years and

has 5 children and 7 grandchildren. Most surprisingly, he's a real,

working cowboy who raises horses in his ranch in Wyoming.

One of the most striking things about the Marlboro Man is that success

hasn't changed him much. He says that complete strangers sometimes


287 / 342

come up to him and say, "I've met you, know you from somewhere.

"Whenever it happens, he says that he gets embarrassed.

(1)、Marlboro commercials were allowed on television in America before

1868.

A：T

B：F

答案： A

解析：从短文第一段第一、二句 This was in 1868, before they prohibited

cigarette ads from American television 可知，在 1868 年，美国电视不

允许播放香烟广告前。

(2)、The word "prohibited" in the first paragraph mean "forbidden".

A：T

B：F

答案： A

解析：prohibited、forbidden 均意为禁止、不允许的意思。

(3)、When they filmed the ad, Winfield was too drunk.

A：T

B：F

答案： B

解析：根据第一段可知，Winfield 是在拍摄中饰演的角色喝得太烂醉

如泥才骑不动马，而不是在拍摄过程中喝得烂醉如泥。

(4)、From the passage, we know that Winfield was a rich man.


288 / 342

A：T

B：F

答案： B

解析：文中并无提及。

(5)、When people recognized Winfield, he felt uncomfortable.

A：T

B：F

答案： A

解析：根据最后一句 He says that complete strangers sometimes come up

to him and say Whenever it happens, he says that he gets embarrassed 可

知，embarrassed 意为窘迫、困窘，即他被人认出会感到不舒服。

Passage 40

Mr. and Mrs. White had two sons and three daughters．One Sunday，Mrs.

White said to her husband，"The children don't have any lessons today，

and you're free too．There's a new funfair（庙会）in the park．Let's all go

there to play."

Her husband said，"I want to finish some work today.""oh, forget

it．Go there and make our children happy．That's the most important

work" Mrs. White said.

So Mr. and Mrs. White took their children to the funfair．Mr. White

was forty-five years old. But he enjoyed the funfair more than his


289 / 342

children. He hurried from one thing to another，and ate lots of sweets.

One of the children said to her mother，"Dad is just like a small child，

isn't he, Mom?" Mrs. White didn't want to follow her husband around any

more at that time and answered，"He is even worse than a small child，

Mary，because he might spend more money than a small child."

(1)、There were five children in the White family.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：根据文章第一句话，White 夫妇有两个儿子和三个女儿，故是

五个孩子。所以题目所述正确。选 A。

(2)、One Sunday，Mr. and Mrs. White wanted to go to a shop with their

children.

A：T

B：F

答案：B

解析：根据文章第一段最后一句，Mrs. White 对丈夫说，今天公园里

会有新庙会，我们全家一起去玩吧。是去公园而不是去购物，所以题

目所述是错误的，选 B。

(3)、Mr. White liked the place so much that he bought lots of sweets.

A：T

B：F


290 / 342

答案：B

解析：通过文章第三段前半部分的描述，White 先生很喜欢这个庙会，

忙东忙西，吃了很多糖果。而不是因为喜欢这个地方而买了很多糖果。

所以题目所述是错误的，选 B。

(4)、From the story we know Mrs. White was a little angry with Mr.

White.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：通过文章第三段后半部分，母亲与女儿的对话，女儿问母亲说，

爸爸真像个孩子，不是吗？而 White 太太再也不想在跟着她丈夫一起

忙东忙西了，就回答她女儿说：他还不如个小孩儿，因为他比小孩子

更能花钱。由此推断，White 太太有些生气。所以，题目所述是正确

的，选 A。

(5)、Of all the family members, Mr. White enjoyed playing there most

that Sunday.

A：T

B：F

答案：A

解析：通过文章第三段的描述，White 先生非常喜欢这个庙会，忙东

忙西，可推断，全家人中，White 先生是最开心的人。所以题目所述

正确，选 A。


291 / 342

写作

学习类

1) Why I Like Learning English

Why I like learning English? Firstly, English is very useful. English is the

most widely used language in the world. If we make a visit to foreign

countries or do business with foreigners, we need communicate with

them in English. Secondly, with China becoming stronger and stronger,

we have more chances to go abroad. We can know the English-speaking

countries much deeper if we know English. Both China and

English-speaking countries have realized the importance of the culture

exchanging. Above all, English is useful and important, we must master

English.

为什么喜欢学英语

我为什么喜欢学英语呢？

首先，英语有用。英语是世界上应用最广泛的语言。如果我们去国外

旅游或者和外国人做生意，我们就需要用英语和他们交流。

其次，随着中国越来越强大，我们有更多出国机会。如果我们懂英文，

就可以更深刻地了解英语国家。中英文国家都已经意识到文化交流的

重要性。

总之，英语既实用又重要，我们必须学好英语。


292 / 342

2) About Self-study

As adult students in Shanghai TV University, self-study becomes very

important. According to me, there are several pieces of tips of self-study.

First, I always make a study plan in the beginning of a new semester.

Second, preview every unit before the lesson. Third, try to finish the

homework after class. Fourth, go over what I have learnt in class

regularly at home. Without review, you will absolutely forget what

you’ve learnt as quickly as possible. So reviewing is helpful in

understanding and memorizing what you’ve learnt.

关于自学

作为上海电大的成人学生，自学很重要。对我来讲，我有下列自学方

法。

第一，我总是在学期初制定好学习计划。

第二，课前预习每个单元。

第三，课后完成作业。

第四，定期在家里复习所学过的知识。

不复习，你绝对会很快忘记学过的知识。所以，复习在理解和记忆所

学知识方面很有帮助。

3) My English Study

English is always my favorite subject and I am good at English. I would

like to share 4 good studying habits with you. First, remember 20 new

words, and never give up. Second, go over grammar points I have learnt


293 / 342

in English class regularly. Third, read an English article in China Daily

every day. Fourth, write an English composition every week and ask

teacher to revise that for me to improve the writing level. If you do things

above, I am sure your English will also be improved.

我的英语学习

英语是我最喜欢的科目，而且我英语比较好。我想和你分享四条好的

学习习惯。

第一，每天记忆 20 个生单词，永远坚持。

第二，复习定期在英语课上学到的语法点。

第三，每天坚持阅读中国日报的一篇文章。

第四，每周写一篇英语作文，请老师批改以提高写作水平。

如果你做到了以上几点，我相信你的英文一定会有所提高的。

4) How to Overcome Difficulties in My English Studies

I have made a lot of improvements in English. The following is my way

to overcome the difficulties. Everyday, I do half an hour’s morning

reading to try to pronounce every word out. And I will then spend half an

hour listening to English radios like BBC to correct my pronunciation.

Because I have trouble in English grammar, I attend a full-time English

class of STVU to study grammar. The teacher recommends me to buy a

grammar book—《Advanced English Grammar》. It helps me with my

English study a lot. These above are what I have done to overcome my

difficulties.


294 / 342

如何克服英语学习的困难

我在英语上进步很大。以下是我克服困难的方法。每天，我做半小时

的朗读。然后花半小时时间听英语广播如 BBC 去纠正发音。因为我

英语语法有困难，所以我参加了电视大学全日制班来学习语法。老师

推荐我买一本语法书“高级英语语法”。这本书对我的英语学习帮助

很大。以上就是我如何克服英语学习中的困难的一些方法。

5) My Study Plan

A new semester is coming, in order to study English well, I make a study

plan. First, try to remember 20 words from dictionary everyday. Second,

go over grammar points I have learnt in English class regularly. Third,

form a habit of reading an English article in China Daily every day.

Fourth, write an English composition every week and ask teacher to

revise that for me to improve the writing level. Fifth, listen to English

radio as often as possible to improve my listening.

我的学习计划

新学习开始了，为了学好英语，我制定了一个学习计划。

第一，每天记忆词典中的２０个单词，

第二，复习定期在英语课上学到的语法点。

第三，每天坚持阅读中国日报的一篇文章。

第四，尽量多听英语广播以提高听力。

6) 假如你是李明，遗失了一本书。你应包括下列内容： 1.书在哪里


295 / 342

遗失的； 2.这本书对你很重要； 3.拾到者应该如何和你联系。

Dear All:

I lost a book at 5 pm on December 29th in room 210 of Wenxin Building.

The title of the book is 《Advanced English Grammar》. This book is very

important and helpful to me, for I am bad at grammar. The final

examination is getting nearer and nearer and I am worried about my

English exam very much. Anyone who finds the book please contact Li

Ming on 13774336899. I will be very grateful to you and your kindness. I

am looking forward to your calls.

Li Ming

Dec.

30th

各位：

我 12 月 29 号下午 5 点在文心楼丢失了一本书。书名为《高级英语

语法》。这本书对我很重要，因为我语法很差。期末考试来临了，我

非常担心我的期末考。任何发现这本书的同学请拨打 13774336899 联

系李明。感激不尽，盼望各位来电。

李明

12 月 30

7). 1. 了解对方最近的学习情况。

2. 你的学习情况。


296 / 342

3. 请对方说说提高英语水平的经验。

Dear Robert:

I’m very pleased to know that you are now studying in Qinghua

University from your email. How about your study and life there?

Since I am now working in an American company where I have to use

English every day, I began studying English in SHTVU this summer. But

it’s really very hard, and the most difficult for me is how to memorize all

these English words.

I know that you are good at English. Would you tell me your own

experience in English study and give me some good tips? Well, take care

of yourself!

Looking forward to hearing from you.

Best wishes

Jean

亲爱的罗伯特，

很高兴从你的邮件中了解到您现在在清华读书，你目前的学习和生活

如何？

因为我现在一家美国公司工作，每天都得用英语，所以我今年夏天开

始到电大学英语。但是真的很难，对我来讲，最难的是如何记忆英语

单词。

我知道你英语很好，能不能告诉我你自己学英语的经验，给我点贴

士？保重！


297 / 342

盼望回复

最好的祝福

让

8) 1. 你的近况。

2. 请对方帮你购买英语语法书。

3. 邀请对方方便时来访。

Dear Robert:

Haven’t got your email for some time and how about you? I am worried

about my English study very much since the final examination is getting

nearer and nearer.

I’ve got some problems in my study, especially in grammar. Sometimes,

I’m quite confused with different tenses. So my teacher recommended

me a grammar book, 《Advanced English Grammar》, which can only be

bought in Beijing. Could I trouble you to buy one for me?

We haven’t seen each other since we parted. I hope you will take a

vocation to Shanghai.


Good luck!

Jean



298 / 342

受到你的邮件已有些时日，你近况如何？我非常担心我的英语，因为

期末考试就要到来了。

我语法方面有些问题，有时候我对时态很糊涂，所以英语老师推荐《高

级英语语法》一书给我，这本书只有在北京才能买得到。能麻烦你帮

我买一本吗？

盼回复

好运

让

9) 1. 告诉对方你将参加英语四级考试。

2. 询问对方如何做准备。

3. 请对方建议一些参考书。

Dear Robert:

I’d like to tell you that your tips for study are really very helpful to me

and I have made rapid progress in my English study. So I’m going to take

CET-4 next term.

I know that you passed it last year. Would you tell me how I can get

prepared for it and what should I pay attention to? I don’t want to fail it.

I think you must have much experience in it, so could you recommend me

some books for practice?



299 / 342

Best wishes

Jean


我想要告诉你的学习小贴士对我很有用，我的英语学习取得了迅速进

步。所以我准备下学期参加大学英语四级考试。

我知道你去年就通过四级了。能告诉我如何准备四级？哪些方面我应

该注意？我不想通不过。

我想你这方面经验很多，所以能否推荐几本练习的书？

盼回复

最好的祝福

10) 1. 告诉对方你将参加 PETS 四级考试。

2. 请对方帮忙购买口语教材。

3. 邀请对方来访。

Dear Li Hua:

It’s long time we haven’t seen each other. I miss you very much. How’s

everything going on with you? I am busy preparing for PETS 4.

I would appreciate if you could help me buy PETS 4 English oral

textbook which was issued by the Beijing Press, because the books were

sold out here.

Drop in when you are free. I often think of those happy days we spent


300 / 342

together when we were at University.

Please let me know as soon as possible once you get the book.

My best wishes.

Yours truly,

Wang Lei

李华，

好久没见了，十分想念你。你怎么样了？我自己在忙着准备 PETS 四

级。

要是你能帮我买到北京出版社出版的 PETS 四级的英语口语教材就

好了，因为我这该书已经售完了。

有空时来我这看看，我经常会想起我们大学时在一起的美好时光。

一旦买到书请尽快告知

最好的祝福

王磊

节假类

1) My Plan for the Spring Festival

Spring festival is the most important festival for Chinese people. Many

people will prepare many things for the spring festival. Now this is my

plan for the spring festival. The first, I will visit my friends and my


301 / 342

relatives. The second, I will make a big snow man with my daughter and

my wife. The third, I will stay with my parents, because I have no more

time to stay with them at peacetime. This is my plan for the spring

festival. I hope all of you have a good time in the spring festival.

我的春节计划

春节对中国人来说是最重要的节日。许多人为春节作好多准备。这是

我的春节计划。

首先，我会拜访亲友。

其次，和妻子女儿一起堆一个大雪人。

再次，陪陪父母，因为平日里没时间陪他们。这就是我的春节计划。

我希望你们大家春节快乐。

2) The Chinese New Year

“New Year” is a time for good cheer. In China men and women, boys

and girls, all look forward to a happy year. It is time for rest and

refreshment. Business is suspended for a time. Young fellows lay aside

their school work and give themselves up to merriment and joy. Each

family has its members together for reunion. Friends call on one another.

Public places are filled with all kinds of cheerful people. Children with

lucky money in their new clothes have a delightful time playing games.

The Chinese New Year lasts about a fortnight. It gives sufficient

recreation to people.


302 / 342

中国新年

新年是快乐的时间。在中国，男男女女，老老少少都盼望新年，这

是休息，养精蓄锐的时候。生意暂停一段时间，年轻人把学业暂时搁

置一旁，尽情享受快乐。每家每户的家庭成员都团圆。朋友互相拜访。

公共场所充满了各种各样快乐的人们。得到压岁钱的孩子们穿着新衣

在一起快乐地玩游戏。中国新年要持续两个星期。这给了人们足够充

分的时间娱乐放松。

3) My Plan for the National Day Holiday

National Holiday is coming. There are altogether 7 days, so I need to plan

it in advance. Firstly, I plan to have a good rest for the first 2 days when I

can have a good sleep and don’t worry to get up late, and then do a good

cleaning of the home. Secondly, I would go to Zhouzhuang, a traditional

southern town with my husband for a 2 days’ trip. I hope I like it. Thirdly,

I would fly to Beijing to attend my classmate’s wedding. These above are

my plans for the National Holiday.

国庆节计划

国庆快到了，一共有 7 天假期，所以我需要提前计划。

首先，假期前两天我打算好好休息，在这两天内我可以尽情睡觉，不

用担心晚起、迟到，然后好好打扫一下家里卫生。

其次，我打算和丈夫一起去周庄--一个南方小镇作为期两天的旅行。

我希望我能喜欢这次旅行。

再次，我要坐飞机去北京，参加同学婚礼。


303 / 342

以上就是我的国庆计划。

4) 1、了解对方近来的情况。2、通知对方同学将在元旦举行聚会。3、

请对方参加。

Dear Robert:

I haven’t got your email for a long time. Are you still working for that IT

company? How about your work?

I’m writing to you to tell you that the English Department of Shanghai

University takes pleasure in inviting the graduates to its New Year’s

Evening Party, which will be held at the Assembly Hall on Saturday

evening, December 31st, 2005. The party begins at 7 p.m.

I think it’s a good chance for us to get together, would you please email

me whether you will go to the party?


Best wishes

Jean


好久没收到你的邮件了。你还在那家 IT 公司上班吗？工作怎样？

我给你写信是要告诉你上海大学外语系很高兴邀请毕业生参加新年

晚会。该晚会预计在 05 年 12 月 31 号，周六晚 Assembly 大厅召开。

具体时间是：晚上 7 点。


304 / 342

我想这是我们团聚的很好时机，不管你是否参加晚会请电子邮件通知

我。

盼回复

最好的祝福

5) 1、了解对方近来的情况。2、通知对方同学将在五一举行聚会。3、

请对方参加。

A Get-together on May 1st

April 15, 2007

Dear Wang Hong:

How is everything getting along with you? It is almost one year since we

graduated from university. I miss you very much. What have you been

doing all these days?

I have been a middle school teacher in my hometown since graduation.

Teaching always keeps me busy, but I like my students and I love

teaching, you know. So everything is fine here. There will be a former

classmates’ getting together during this May Day holiday at my school.

You are my best friend. I never forget those happy days we spent together.

I hope you can come to my school when the time is due and you are free.

I am looking forward to your reply.

Yours truly,


305 / 342

Li Hua

五一聚会

07 年 4 月 15 日

亲爱的王洪，

近况如何？我们大学毕业快一年了。十分想念你。近些日子，你在

忙什么呢？

毕业后我在家乡做了一名中学老师，教书一直让我很忙碌，但你知道，

我喜欢学生，热爱教育事业。所以我这一切都好。今年五一节，在我

学校要召开一个老同学聚会。

你是我最好的朋友。我永远都忘不了曾经共度的美好时光。我希望届

时如果你有空，能来我校参加聚会。

盼回复

你的永远的

李华

爱好类

1) The Job I Like

I like to be a teacher. Three reasons have led me to choose this

occupation. First, teaching is learning. To make my lectures more

constructive and stimulating, I have to read more books, explore new

knowledge and gain a better understanding of the world, which is the

very thing I enjoy in my life. Second, teaching means freedom and


306 / 342

independence. As a teacher, I’m free to use my own ideas and make my

own decisions. Finally, I like teaching because it offers certain peace of

mind. All in all, the reasons above make me like teaching best.

我喜欢的工作

我喜欢做教师，三个理由导致我选择该职业。

首先，教就是学，为了让我的课更加有指导性，更加生动，我得多读

书去探索新知识，更好的认知世界，这些都是我生活中喜欢做的。

其次，教意味着自由和独立。作为老师，我可以自由思想，自由决策。

最后，我喜欢教书是因为教书我可让我心灵平和。

总之，以上理由让教书成为我的最爱。

2) My Favorite TV program

The News Report has always been my favorite TV program. The News

Report contains a large amount of information ranging from the

international political situation to the latest football game. And the most

important character is its fast pace. Because of this fast pace, news

programs can contain much information in a short time. In my opinion,

the News Report is more than a TV program. It is a way of

communication. From this program, people can know and understand

world affairs. I especially appreciate this benefit of watching the news.

我最喜欢的电视节目

新闻报道一直是我最喜爱的电视节目。它包含大量的信息，从国际政


307 / 342

治形势到最近的足球比赛。最重要的特点是它的快节奏。因为这样的

快节奏，新闻节目可以在短时间内涵盖大量信息。依我看来，新闻报

道不仅仅是一个电视节目，它也是一种交流方式。通过这个节目，人

们可以知道并了解世界大事。我特别喜欢看新闻带来的益处。

3) My Favorite Book 11) The Book I Like Best

My favorite book is “Dream of The Red Chamber”. The book tries to tell

us that there are different kinds of love, only one kind which should be

considered as True Love. In our life, we should marry the true love

instead of wealth and good looks. From this book, we also get to know a

part of the noble people’s life in Qing Dynasty and find some life

philosophies from it. So this book is very instructive to people. We

should learn more from this book as well as other books.

我最爱的书

我最爱的书是《红楼梦》。这本书试图告诉我们，有许多种不同的爱，

但只有一种才是真爱。在我们的生活中，我们应该和真爱结婚而不是

和有钱的或是长得好的人结婚。从这本书中，我们也可以了解到清朝

贵族的一部分生活并从中找到一些生活哲学。所以这本书对人很有指

导意义。我们应该从中学到更多，就像从其他书中一样。


308 / 342

4) My Favorite Food

I like many different kinds of foods, among them, egg is my favorite. Egg

contains a lot of essential nutrients needed by the human body. Eggs are

oval shaped spheres with a light brown color. Egg is the basic ingredient

to many dishes, like omelet and French toast. You can easily get eggs at

any supermarket, and they are sold for a very cheap price too. Besides the

cheap price, egg contains lots of nutrients and is a very good source of

energy. In conclusion, egg is my favorite food.

我最爱的食物

我喜欢许多种不同的食物，在这其中，鸡蛋是我的最爱。它含有很多

人体所需的必要营养。鸡蛋是浅褐色的椭圆球状体。它是许多菜的基

本配料，像煎蛋卷、和法国土司。在任何超市里都可以轻易地买到鸡

蛋，价格也很便宜。除了便宜的价格，鸡蛋有很多营养，也是非常好

的能量源。总之，鸡蛋是我的最爱。

5) My Hobbies

I have many hobbies, such as sports, singing, playing the violin and

keeping a diary. I like sports very much. I go running at five o'clock in

the morning. After classes in the afternoon, I play table-tennis with my

friends. These sports have kept me healthy. At home, I like to sing and

play the violin. I practice singing and playing the violin every day. Busy

as I am, I am quite happy. Of all my hobbies I like reading books best. In


309 / 342

my bedroom there are nearly six hundred books. There are story books,

textbooks, magazines, and others. All these books have enriched my

knowledge.

我的爱好

我有许多爱好，例如运动、唱歌、拉小提琴和写日记。

我非常喜欢运动。我每天早上五点去跑步。下午上完课后，我和朋友

们一起打网球。这些运动使我保持健康。

在家我喜欢唱歌和拉小提琴。我每天练习唱歌和拉小提琴。在忙得同

时，我也很快乐。

在所有爱好中，我最喜欢读书。在我卧室里有将近 600 本书。有故事

书、教科书、杂志和其他的书。所有这些书都丰富了我的知识。

6) Sports

Just as lots of teenagers take to pop music, I love basketball. It’s part of

my life. I began to play basketball in my childhood. I still remember the

good old days when I played with my classmates after school. Later on,

as I grew up, almost everything changed, but this sport-playing basketball

remained and my love of it grew even stronger.

I love this sport because it brings joys and health to my life. When I got

tired from office work, I went to the sports ground and felt refreshed. If

there were worries and cares from daily life, I went to the sports ground.

There everything went away except basketball. It is basketball that keeps


310 / 342

me in good shape and mood.

运动

如许多人喜欢流行音乐一样，我爱篮球。它是我生活的一部分。童年

时我开始打篮球。我仍然记得过去下课后和同学一起打球的美好时

光。后来，随着我慢慢长大，几乎一切都变了。但是打篮球以及我对

篮球的爱却变得越来越强烈。

我爱篮球因为它带我我健康快乐。当我厌烦了工作，去操场打篮球让

我精神振作。如果日常生活中有焦虑，我也会去球场。什么都可以流

逝除了篮球。因为是篮球让我身体健康，心情舒畅。

信函类

1) 你的一位外国朋友给你来信，打算到中国旅游。你给他回信，提

出旅游建议。你的回信应包括下列内容： 1.接到朋友的来信； 2.你

对旅游的安排计划及理由； 3.表达你希望见到朋友的心愿。

Dear Sam:

I have just received your letter and know that you are going to come to

China to see me. I am really excited by it. You know I miss you so much.

In your letter, you mentioned your travel plan. I advise you to go to

Beijing and Xi’an. There are many royal buildings in Beijing like Palace

Museum, Summer Palace. Xi’an is typical of old China. There are lots of

historical buildings there, especially those of Qin Dynasty.

I hope you enjoy your stay in China. I am looking forward to your


311 / 342

coming.

Yours ever

John

亲爱的萨姆：

我刚收到你的来信，得知你要来中国看我。我真的很为此兴奋。你知

道我非常想念你。在你信中，你提到你的旅行计划。我建议你去北京

和西安。北京有许多皇族建筑像故宫、颐和园。西安是古代中国的

代表。那儿有许多历史建筑，特别是秦代的。

我希望你能喜欢在中国的日子。盼望着你的到来。

你的

约

翰

2) 选择一个你想旅游的地点，并安排旅行计划。你应包括下列内容：

1.说明你想旅游的地点； 2.说明你为什么选择这个地点； 3.描述你

的旅行计划。

Dear Amy,

I plan to make a journey to Jiuzhaigou in Si Chuan province. It’s a

beautiful place with fresh air, beautiful natural scenery like waterfall, lake

and high mountains. Because many films and TV series have been made

here, it is very famous. What’s more, I am very busy and exhausted this

year, so I want to go for a relaxation. I plan to stay there for a week and


312 / 342

travel with a tour group. I believe I will enjoy myself there.

Regards

Yours ever

亲爱的艾米：

我打算去四川的九寨沟旅行。那是个美丽的地方，有新鲜的空气和美

丽的自然景观，例如瀑布、湖泊、和高山。因为许多电影和电视剧都

是在这制作的，这儿很有名。还有，今年我很忙，筋疲力尽，所以我

想去放松一下。我计划在那待一周，跟团去旅行。我相信我会玩得很

开心的。

祝愿

你的

提姆

Tim

3) 你的朋友邀请你参加他/她的生日聚会，告诉对方你不能接受他/

她的邀请。你应包括下列内容： 1.告诉对方你不能接受他/她的邀请；

2.对对方的邀请表示感谢； 3.说明无法接受邀请的原因。

Dear Lisa:

Congratulations on your coming birthday. Thanks for your invitation, but

I am sorry that I am afraid I am not able to attend your birthday party.


313 / 342

You know, our company will hold an important meeting in our Paris

branch to talk about the recent trouble appearing in business. I am the one

who needs to make a presentation. I am terribly sorry for that. Anyway, I

hope everything goes well in your birthday party. Remember to show me

the pictures taken in the party when I come back from business trip.

Best regards!

Yours ever

Susan

亲爱的丽莎：

提前祝你生日快乐。谢谢你邀请我，但很遗憾我恐怕不能参加你的生

日派对了。你知道，我们公司将在巴黎分公司举行一个重要的会议来

讨论最近生意上出现的问题。在会上我需要发言。真的很抱歉。不管

怎样，我希望你的生日派对一切顺利。记得我出差回来时给我看在派

对上拍的照片。

最美好的祝愿。

你的

苏珊

4) 假如你是李明，遗失了一本书。你应包括下列内容： 1.书在哪里


314 / 342

遗失的； 2.这本书对你很重要； 3.拾到者应该如何和你联系。

Dear All:

I lost a book at 5 pm on December 29th in room 210 of Wenxin Building.

The title of the book is 《Advanced English Grammar》. This book is very

important and helpful to me, for I am bad at grammar. The final

examination is getting nearer and nearer and I am worried about my

English exam very much. Anyone who finds the book please contact Li

Ming on 13774336899. I will be very grateful to you and your kindness. I

am looking forward to your calls.

Li Ming

Dec.

30th

亲爱的同学：

我于 12 月 29 日下午五点在文新楼 210 室丢了一本书。书名是《高级

英文语法》。这本书对我很重要，也很有帮助，因为我语法很差。期

末考试越来越近，我非常担心我的英语考试。任何捡到这本书的人请

和李明联系，电话 13774336899。我将十分感谢您及您的好心。盼望

着您的电话。

李明


315 / 342

12 月 30 日

5) 你应邀到一位好友家吃晚饭。事后给朋友写信表示谢意。你的信

应包括下列内容： 1.表达谢意； 2.表达想回请的意愿； 3.期待朋友

的光临。

Dear Amy:

Thanks for your invitation to your home last night. I enjoy the food very

much. I will hold a small party to celebrate my birthday on November

12th, and I will invite a lot of friends to have dinner at my home, would

you like to join us? Oh, there will also be a band to perform live music. I

think it will be exciting to dance with the live music. Please be sure to

come. I am looking forward to your coming.

Yours

Cynthia

亲爱的艾米：

谢谢你昨晚邀请我到你家。我吃得很好。11 月 12 号我将举行一个派

对庆祝我的生日，我将请很多朋友来我家吃饭，你愿意来吗？到时还

会有乐队现场演奏音乐。我想跟着现场的音乐跳舞，肯定很令人兴奋。

请一定要来。我盼望着你的到来。

你的


316 / 342

辛西娅

6) 1. 了解对方毕业后的情况。

2. 你的近况。


Dear Robert:

I haven’t seen you for a long time since we graduated. What have you

been doing these years? Do you keep in touch with other classmates?

I have been working in SHTVU since my graduation and now I’m

engaged in the distance education, which is quite new to me, but I enjoy it

very much because it involves a lot of multimedia in my teaching.

I miss you very much. When can you pay a visit to me?


Best regards

Jean

亲爱的罗伯特：

自从毕业后我们好久没见了。我听说你现在在北京。你这些年在做什

么呢？你和其他同学有联系吗？我毕业后一直在上海电视大学工作。

现在我正忙于远程教育，这对我来说很新鲜。但我又很喜欢它因为在


317 / 342

教学中涉及很多多媒体。我的成人学生在课余时间学习很努力，这让

我很感动。

我非常想你，如果你能到上海来我会很高兴。并且我相信我们会玩得

很开心的。

盼着你的来信。

最好的祝愿

让

7) 1. 告诉对方你最近将出去旅游。

2. 了解对方所在地的旅游点。

3. 请对方给予帮忙安排。

Dear Robert:

How is everything going with you these days? I’d like to let you know

that I’m going to Hainan to have a holiday next Saturday and stay there

for about ten days.

Hainan is the place that I’ve been wanting to visit most. Since it is your

hometown, could you give me a very brief introduction about where to

stay, where to eat and what to see? I’m told that Sanya is really very

beautiful and there are many different interesting activities that people

can enjoy very much.


318 / 342

Would you please book a hotel for me in the center of Sanya if it is

convenient? Well, I feel very excited that we’ll see each other very soon.


Much love!

Jean


你这些天过得怎么样啊？我想告诉你我下周六将去海南度假，在那大

约滞留十天。

海南是我一直最想去的地方。既然它是你的家乡，你能否介绍一下住

哪、吃什么、以及有什么好的景物？我听说三亚真的很美而且那有许

多人们非常喜欢的许多种不同的活动。

如果方便的话你能否为我在三亚市中心预订一家酒店？我们很快就

会彼此见面，为此我感到非常高兴。

盼着你的来信。

爱你

让

8) 1、了解对方近来的情况。2、通知对方同学将在元旦举行聚会。3、

请对方参加。


319 / 342

Dear Robert:

I haven’t got your email for a long time. Are you still working for that IT

company? How about your work?

I’m writing to you to tell you that the English Department of Shanghai

University takes pleasure in inviting the graduates to its New Year’s

Evening Party, which will be held at the Assembly Hall on Saturday

evening, December 31st, 2005. The party begins at 7 p.m.

I think it’s a good chance for us to get together, would you please email

me whether you will go to the party?


Best wishes

Jean


好久没收到你的邮件了。你还在那家 IT 公司上班吗？工作怎样？

我给你写信是要告诉你上海大学外语系很高兴邀请毕业生参加新年

晚会。该晚会预计在 05 年 12 月 31 号，周六晚 Assembly 大厅召开。

具体时间是：晚上 7 点。

我想这是我们团聚的很好时机，不管你是否参加晚会请电子邮件通知

我。

盼回复

最好的祝福


320 / 342

9) 1、了解对方近来的情况。2、通知对方同学将在五一举行聚会。3、

请对方参加。

A Get-together on May 1st

April 15, 2007

Dear Wang Hong:

How is everything getting along with you? It is almost one year since we

graduated from university. I miss you very much. What have you been

doing all these days?

I have been a middle school teacher in my hometown since graduation.

Teaching always keeps me busy, but I like my students and I love

teaching, you know. So everything is fine here. There will be a former

classmates’ getting together during this May Day holiday at my school.

You are my best friend. I never forget those happy days we spent together.

I hope you can come to my school when the time is due and you are free.

I am looking forward to your reply.

Yours truly,

Li Hua

五一聚会

亲爱的王洪，

近况如何？我们大学毕业快一年了。十分想念你。近些日子，你在


321 / 342

忙什么呢？

毕业后我在家乡做了一名中学老师，教书一直让我很忙碌，但你知道，

我喜欢学生，热爱教育事业。所以我这一切都好。今年五一节，在我

学校要召开一个老同学聚会。

你是我最好的朋友。我永远都忘不了曾经共度的美好时光。我希望届

时如果你有空，能来我校参加聚会。

盼回复

你的永远的

李华

10). 1. 了解对方最近的学习情况。

2. 你的学习情况。

3. 请对方说说提高英语水平的经验。

Dear Robert:

I’m very pleased to know that you are now studying in Qinghua

University from your email. How about your study and life there?

Since I am now working in an American company where I have to use

English every day, I began studying English in SHTVU this summer. But

it’s really very hard, and the most difficult for me is how to memorize all

these English words.


322 / 342

I know that you are good at English. Would you tell me your own

experience in English study and give me some good tips? Well, take care

of yourself!


Best wishes

Jean


很高兴收到你的邮件，得知你现在在世界闻名的清华大学学习。你在

那儿的学习和生活情况如何？

因为我现在在一家美国公司工作，你知道我英语差，但我每天都要用

英语。我今年夏天开始在上海电视大学学英语。对于白天要上班的成

人来说，在晚上和周末上课真的好难。而对于我，最难的是怎样记住

所有的英文单词。

我知道你英语很好。你能否告诉我你英语学习方面的经验并教给我一

些好方法？保重！

盼望着收到你的来信。

最好的祝愿

让

11) 1. 你的近况。

2. 请对方帮你购买英语语法书。



323 / 342

Dear Robert:

Haven’t got your email for some time and how about you? I am worried

about my English study very much since the final examination is getting

nearer and nearer.

I’ve got some problems in my study, especially in grammar. Sometimes,

I’m quite confused with different tenses. So my teacher recommended

me a grammar book, 《Advanced English Grammar》, which can only be

bought in Beijing. Could I trouble you to buy one for me?

We haven’t seen each other since we parted. I hope you will take a

vocation to Shanghai.


Good luck!

Jean


有一段时间没收到你的邮件了，你怎样啊？因为期末考试越来越近，

我很担心我的英语学习。

我的学习有些问题，特别是语法。有时，我对不同的时态感到很困惑。

所以我的老师向我推荐了一本语法书《高级英语语法》，在北京可以

买到。能否麻烦你为我买一本？

自从我们分开就没再见过了。我希望你能来上海度假，我有很多话要


324 / 342

告诉你。我们能在一起该有多好啊。


好运！

让

12) 1. 告诉对方你将参加英语四级考试。

2. 询问对方如何做准备。

3. 请对方建议一些参考书。

Dear Robert:

I’d like to tell you that your tips for study are really very helpful to me

and I have made rapid progress in my English study. So I’m going to take

CET-4 next term.

I know that you passed it last year. Would you tell me how I can get

prepared for it and what should I pay attention to? I don’t want to fail it.

I think you must have much experience in it, so could you recommend me

some books for practice?


Best wishes

Yours,

Tom



325 / 342

我想要告诉你你给我学习贴士对我很有帮助，我英语学习上进步迅

速，所以我下学期要参加大学英语四级考试。

我知道你去年就通过了。你能否告诉我怎样准备四级考试以及我应该

注意的地方。我不想失败。

我想你对此很有经验，能否推荐我一些练习的资料？


最好的祝愿

你的

汤姆

13) 1. 告诉对方你将参加 PETS 四级考试。

2. 请对方帮忙购买口语教材。

3. 邀请对方来访。

Dear Li Hua:

It’s long time we haven’t seen each other. I miss you very much. How’s

everything going on with you? I am busy preparing for PETS 4.

I would appreciate if you could help me buy PETS 4 English oral

textbook which was issued by the Beijing Press, because the books were

sold out here.

Drop in when you are free. I often think of those happy days we spent

together when we were at University.


326 / 342

Please let me know as soon as possible once you get the book.

My best wishes.

Yours truly,

Wang Lei

李华，

好久没见了，十分想念你。你怎么样了？我自己在忙着准备 PETS 四

级。

要是你能帮我买到北京出版社出版的 PETS 四级的英语口语教材就

好了，因为我这该书已经售完了。

有空时来我这看看，我经常会想起我们大学时在一起的美好时光。

一旦买到书请尽快告知

最好的祝福

王磊

记叙类

1) My Dream

I have a dream from the first time I sit in a car—I want to drive. Driving

is the most meaningful way to meet human being’s desire of “faster”.

What’s more, driving a car can take me to any place I want whether it

rains, snows, blows or not. A smooth ride in a good car is enjoyable. With


327 / 342

rows of trees moving backward rapidly, music played, breeze blowing,

my soul flies in the air. I love this feeling very much.

我的梦想

从第一次坐车开始，我就有了一个想驾车的梦想。驾驶室能满足人类

想要“快跑”的愿望及最有意义的途径。还有，无论下雨、下雪、还

是刮风，驾着车我可以去任何我想去的地方。稳稳地驾着一辆好车是

一种享受。成排的树快速地向后倒退，放着音乐，微风吹着，我的灵

魂已飞到了天上。我非常喜欢这种感觉。

2) My Family

There are seven people in my family. They're my grandfather,

grandmother, father, mother, my two younger brothers and I. My father is

a businessman. He's busy working everyday. My mother is a housewife.

She cooks meals, washes clothes, and teaches us lessons everyday. One

of my younger brothers is a junior high school student, and we go to the

same school. My grandparents help my parents look after the youngest

brother every day. We go to the movies every Sunday. How's your

family?

我的家庭

我家有 7 口人，他们是我祖父，祖母，父亲，母亲，两个弟弟和我。

父亲是商人，天天忙着工作；母亲是主妇，天天洗衣做饭，并教我们

知识。我一个弟弟是初中生，和我在同一所学校。祖父母天天帮父母


328 / 342

照看我最小的弟弟。每个周六，我们一起去看电影。你们家什么情况？

3) My Classmates

Liu Kai is my classmate. He is a good student and always ready to help

others. One day on his way to school, he saw a little girl crossing the road

when a car nearly hit her. Just then Liu Kai rushed up to her and caught

her by the arm. The little girl was saved. She told him where she lived,

and he took her home. When Liu Kai hurried into the classroom, the

teacher had already begun lesson. He told the teacher why he was late. He

was then praised for what he had done.

我的同学

刘凯是我的同班同学。他是个好学生并乐于助人。一天在他上学的路

上，他看见一个小女孩过马路，当时一辆汽车差点撞到她。就在那时，

刘凯冲到她跟前用双臂抱起了她。小女孩得救了。她告诉他住的地方，

然后他就把她送回家了。当刘凯急匆匆地赶到教室时，老师已经开始

讲课了。他告诉老师他迟到的原因。然后他就因此受到表扬了。

4) My Hometown

My hometown is Haimen, which is not far from Shanghai. Haimen is a

modern city. There are lots of high buildings in it. Most of us live in flats

because we can be close to our friends. My hometown is a beautiful city.

On either side of the roads, there are some big trees and nice flowers. The


329 / 342

roads are also very clean, which makes people happy and comfortable.

The weather here is very nice. I like autumn best, for it’s neither hot nor

cold but very cool. I love Haimen. Welcome to my hometown.

我的家乡

我的家乡在海门，离上海不远。海门是一个现代城市，有许多高楼。

我们大部分人住在公寓里因为这样可以和朋友们离得很近。我的家乡

是个美丽的城市。道路两边都有一些大树和美丽的花朵。道路很干净，

这使人感到愉悦、舒服。这儿的天气也不错，我最喜欢秋天，因为既

不热也不冷，很凉爽。我爱海门。欢迎到我家乡来。

5) My Best Friend

Linda is my best friend. She is 15 years old pretty girl with a round face

and two big black eyes. She always has a smile on her face. Every

morning, we go to school together. She studies quite well and she's one of

the top students in our class. When I have difficulty in English, I always

ask her for help. We are both interested in music. At weekends, we join

the same hobby group and play the violin together. We like each other

and enjoy staying together.

我的好朋友

Linda 是我的好朋友，她 15 岁，是一个漂亮的姑娘，长着圆圆的脸

蛋，和两只又黑又大的眼睛。她脸上总是带着微笑。每天早上，我们

一起上学。她学习很好，是我们班的尖子生，我英语有困难时，总是


330 / 342

向她求助。我们对喜欢音乐。周末，我们和一群有共同爱好的同学一

起弹奏小提琴。我们互相喜欢，呆在一起很愉快。

6) Living in a Big Family

I live in a big family with 4 generations together. There are 5 people in

my family. We share a 3-bedroom flat with each other. My grandparents

have got retired and enjoy the love from the grandchild-me. My parents

both work in a bank. I study in Fudan University and like the college life

very much. Every weekday, we are busy with our own business. But on

weekends, our whole family will gather together with Mum cooking

delicious food. I love my family and enjoy living in a big family.

生活在一个大家庭中

我生活在一个四世同堂的家庭里。我家有五个人。我们住在有三间卧

室的一所公寓里。我的祖父母已经退休了，正享受着来自我作为一个

孙女的关爱。我父母都在银行工作。我在复旦大学念书并很喜欢大学

生活。每个工作日，我们都忙于自己的事。但在周末，我们一家人会

聚到一块，妈妈为我们烹饪可口的食物。我热爱我家也喜欢生活在一

个大家庭中。

7) A Day to Remember

It was Sunday. Our teacher Mr. Zhu led us to a park nearby. Usually we

go to the park to spend our holiday. But today we went there to take part


331 / 342

in voluntary labor. We got there at nine o’clock. Mr. Zhu divided us into

three groups and then we began working. Group One was responsible to

plant trees and water flowers. Group Two were busy collecting litter left

by the tourists. I was in Group Three. We went to the children’s

playground and cleaned all the equipment there. We worked very hard.

At about eleven we finished work. We all were tired but very happy. I

will never forget the day in my memory.

难忘的一天

星期天，朱老师带我们去附近的公园。通常我们去公园是度假的。但

是今天，我们去那是参加义务劳动。我们九点钟到达，朱老师把我们

分成三组，然后我们开始劳动。一组负责种树、浇花。二组忙着收集

游客丢弃的垃圾。我在第三组。我们去了儿童游乐场，清扫那里的设

备。我们工作很努力，大约 11 点，我们结束了劳动。我们都很累，

但很高兴。我永远都不会忘记记忆中这天。

8) My Teacher

My English teacher is Miss Huang. She is a beautiful lady. There is

always a smile on her face. Miss Huang likes singing. She is good at

playing the piano. In the evening, she always sits in front of the piano and

plays nice music. She is a good dancer, too. Sometimes she teaches us

dancing. Miss Huang likes dogs very much because the dog is very

friendly and cute. Her favorite color is blue, because blue is the color of


332 / 342

the sky and the sea. She is my favorite teacher. Our classmates all like her

very much.

我的老师

我的英语老师是黄老师。她是一位美丽的女士。她脸上总是挂着笑容。

黄老师爱唱歌。她擅长于弹钢琴。晚上她总是坐在钢琴前，弹奏动听

的音乐。她也是一个好的舞者。有时她教我们跳舞。黄老师非常喜欢

狗因为狗友好又可爱。她最喜欢的颜色是蓝色，因为蓝色是天空和大

海的颜色。

她是我最喜欢的老师，我们的同学都很喜欢她。

议论类

1) About Television

Television has its good as well as bad sides. It makes us informed of daily

news, lets us know the outside world, provides lessons for learners, and it

has brought joy and interest into people’s lives.

Unfortunately, some television programs have been extremely harmful to

the young. Violent movies are shown on TV programs. Children regard

the murders as heroes or models, so they imitate. Therefore there

happened many murders or shooting cases in American campuses. What

a big harm. So young people should learn to get ride of the bad influences

of TV and learn to make use of the advantages that TV brings us.

关于电视


333 / 342

电视既有利也有弊。它让我们知晓每日的新闻，了解外面的世界，

为学习者提供教育，并为人们的生活带来欢乐和乐趣。不幸的是，有

些电视节目对年轻人十分有害。暴力电影在电视上播放。孩子们把杀

人犯视为英雄和偶像，所以他们会去仿效。因此在美国校园里就发生

了许多谋杀和枪击事件。害处多大啊。所以年轻人应该摆脱电视带来

的负面影响并学会利用电视给我们带来的好的方面。

2) The Computer

Nowadays, computers are becoming more and more popular. Computers

can help different people in different ways. They can help children with

lessons and homework, help students and scholars do calculations,

analyze data and present the latest achievements. Furthermore, they can

assist engineers and experts in the design of a mold, a bridge or a

spaceship. Besides, computers can offer fun and entertainment to us with

the internet games, movies, and etc. Indeed, computers have become a

good companion of man.

电脑

现在，电脑越来越普遍。电脑可以在不同方面帮助不同人。他们可以

帮助孩子学习，做作业。帮助孩子和学者作计算，分析数据，展示最

近的成绩。另外，他们可以帮助工程师和专家设计模型，桥梁和太空

船。并且，电脑可以给我们提供网络游戏，电影等从而带给我们娱乐。

确实，电脑是我们人类的好伙伴。


334 / 342

3) How to Keep Healthy 4) How to Keep Healthy

Nowadays more and more people are concerned about their health, but

how to keep healthy? First, it is necessary to take some exercise every

day. Research shows that getting plenty of exercise makes the heart beat

faster and the lungs work harder. Second, eat more fruits, vegetables and

less meat. Third, getting rid of bad habits like smoking and drinking is

also an important way to keep healthy. Smoking and alcohol drinking

injure one's health a great deal, and therefore should be given up. If

people follow these three ways of keeping fit, they’ll greatly improve

their health.

怎样保持健康

现在，越来越多的人都关注自己的健康，但是怎样保持健康呢？

首先，每天有必要做一些锻炼。研究表明大量的锻炼使心力增强、肺

部功能增强。

其次，吃更多的水果、蔬菜，少吃些肉。

再次，摆脱一些不良习惯，例如吸烟和酗酒。这也是保持健康的一个

重要方法。吸烟和酗酒会有害人体，因此应该戒掉。

如果人们遵循以上几点来保持健康，他们将大大改善健康状况。

5) Advantages and Disadvantages of the Mobile Phone


335 / 342

Like everything else, mobile phones have both favorable and unfavorable

aspects. First, it's useful. As a wireless mobile telephone, it's easy and

handy to call wherever one goes and call the one however far away he is.

Second, it's convenient. Whenever one meets trouble or something urgent,

one can make a call immediately. However, the mobile phone also has

many disadvantages. First, it's expensive to buy and costly to pay the bills.

Second, it's also easy to lose and costly to get it repaired. Third, it's

alleged the microwaves in it might do harm to people's health. I believe

its advantages will far outweigh disadvantages soon.

手机的利弊

像每样事物一样，手机既有利又有弊。

首先，它有用处。作为一个无线移动电话，它轻巧、便于携带，无论

到哪都可以打电话，也无论那个人在多远都可以打给他。其次，方便。

无论何时遇到困难或是紧急事件时，都可以立即打电话。

尽管如此，手机还是有许多不利方面。其一，它价格昂贵账单花销也

大。其二，它容易丢失，修理费用大。其三，它被指控有微波会伤害

人体健康。

我相信不久手机的优点就会远远超过其缺点的。

6) My Opinion on Cell Phones

Cell phones do play an important role in people’s daily life, but every


336 / 342

coin has its two sides.

To start with, as a wireless mobile phone, it’s convenient for the user at

any time to contact others. Secondly, it’s a helpful companion. With a

multifunctional cell phone in hand, one can easily surf the net,

downloading what he needs.

However, the cell phone has many disadvantages. For one thing, the

machine itself is very expensive and its local service is very costly, not to

mention its global service. For another, the radiation from the mobile

phones might do harm to the user’s health.

In my opinion, with its expenses being reduced sharply after China’s

entry into the WTO, its development will have a brighter future.

Therefore its advantages will far outweigh its disadvantages.

手机之我谈

手机在人们生活中扮演重要角色。但是任何事物都有两面。首先，作

为无限电话，手机方便用户任何时间都可以联系他人。其次，手机是

很有帮助的伙伴。手里拿一个多功能手机，一个人可以很容易上网下

载他需要的信息。但是手机也有缺点。一方面，它很昂贵，本地服务

费很贵，更别提全球服务了。另一方面，手机辐射可能对用户健康造

成危害。以我来看，中国入世后，手机价格大幅跳水，手机还是会有

一个更加光明的未来。因此它利大于弊。

7) About Friendship


337 / 342

Friendship is a kind of human relations. It is a human instinct to make

friends. When in trouble, we need friends to offer us help, support and

encouragement. With success achieved, we also need friends to share our

joys. Friendship is one of the greatest pleasures that we can enjoy. It

implies loyalty, cordiality, sympathy, affection, and readiness to help. In

short, when we have established friendship, we ought to cherish and

treasure it. Only thus, can we develop real friendship and keep the sacred

lamp of friendship burning all our life.

关于友谊

友谊是一种人际关系。是人类交朋友的本能。当我们陷入困境时，需

要朋友给我们帮助、支持和鼓励。取得成功时，我们也需要朋友来一

起分享快乐。友谊是一种我们能享受的最大的快乐。它意味着忠诚、

热诚、同情、挚爱和帮助的愿望。总之，当我们已经建立了友谊，我

们应该珍爱、珍惜它。只有这样，我们才能建立真正的友谊并让神圣

的友谊之灯终生不灭。

8) Water and Life

While we are enjoying the rich fruits of modern industrialization, we are

losing something precious on this planet. Fresh water, among others, is

dwindling down day by day, owing to the large-scale industrialization

everywhere in the world.

Just as sunshine is a necessity to life, so is fresh water. Without fresh


338 / 342

water, our human society would come to a stop.

As fresh water is such an important resource to the human society, we

need to treasure it as we treasure our life, but how?

First, our government should have a good plan for the use of fresh water

and develop industries that consume less water. Second, waste water must

be recycled. Finally every one of us should do his best to save water.

水和生活

享受现代工业化丰富成果的同时，我们也在失去这个星球上一些宝贵

的东西。其中淡水，由于全世界各地大规模的工业化，其面积正在

一天天缩小。

如阳光是生活的必需品一样，淡水也如此。没有淡水，我们人类社

会就会终结。

因为淡水是我们社会的重要资源，我们需要像珍视生命一样珍视它，

但是该怎么做？

首先，政府应该对淡水的使用有个好计划，发展那些消耗水量少的工

业。其次，废水必须得到循环利用。最后我们每个人都应该尽全力节

省水。

9) Bad Manners in Public

Although we consider ourselves as highly advanced beings living in a

civilized society, bad manners can still be found here and there. For

example, some cyclists run the red traffic lights, many passengers litter


339 / 342

waste papers and plastic bags in public places, and some tourists scrabble

in tourist attractions, let alone spit on the street. In the cinema, some

people talk loudly on cell phones in front of others.

I’m strongly against talking loudly in the cinema, for this behavior shows

no respect at all to others; what’s worse, it upsets the audience who are in

the mood of having fun.

公共场合的不礼貌现象

虽然我们认为我们自己是文明社会的高度发达的生物，不礼貌现象仍

然到处可见。比如，一些骑自行车者闯红灯；许多旅客在公共场所乱

扔废纸和塑料瓶；一些游客在名胜古迹乱涂鸦，更不用说随地吐痰了。

在电影院，一些人在别人面前大声讲手机。

我强烈反对在电影院大声喧哗，因为这种行为表示对其他人的不尊

重。更糟糕的是，这使得原本好心情的观众很难过。

10）On Money

A famous saying goes that “money is a good servant but a bad master.”

Should we become its masters or its slaves? I think we should be the

masters of money and never be controlled by money. As we all know,

money is necessary for a happy life, for we need money to make a living

in the society. But money is not equal to happiness and a lot of rich

people live a miserable life. We should think of money in a correct way

and never do anything illegal in order to get money.


340 / 342

论金钱

有一句名言是这样说的：“钱是好仆人，但是坏主人。”我们应该做

金钱的主人还是奴隶呢？我想我们应该做主人，永远都不要被金钱控

制。众所周知，金钱是幸福生活的必备品，因为我们需要钱在社会中

生存。但是金钱不等于幸福，许多有钱人过着悲惨的生活。我们应该

以正确的方式看待金钱，永远都不要为了得到金钱而作任何非法的事

情。

11）Water Pollution

Everybody knows that water pollution is a serious problem in the world.

Lots of rubbish or chemical pollutants have been thrown in the rivers,

lakes and seas. Many of them are getting dirtier and dirtier. Fish have

died in the water, and people get sick after drinking polluted water.

My grandfather says, when he was very little, the water in the river was

very clean. He often swam in the river with his friends. But now we can’t

see such clean rivers.

Let’s protect the water from pollution, because we can’t live without

water. The water is really important to us all.

水污染

众所周知，水污染是世界上一个严重的问题，大量垃圾和化学污染物

被扔进河流，湖泊和大海。导致他们中的许多遍的越来越脏。喝了污

染后的水，鱼儿死在水中，人们生病。

我祖父说过，他小时候，河里的水很清，他经常和朋友一起在河里游


341 / 342

泳，但是现在我们不可能看到这样清澈的河流了。

让我们保护水不受污染，因为离开水，我们不能生存。水对我们大家

真的很重要。

12）Physical Exercise

Everyone hopes to live happily in the world. Physical exercise is

indispensable to a happy life. There is a famous saying: "Life lies on

exercise." Although you will not necessarily die without regular physical

exercises, they'll certainly help you live longer and more healthily.

Firstly, exercise is good for us to build our bodies. It helps to keep the

diseases far away from us.

Secondly, exercise can also train us to response agilely.

Thirdly, exercise can help improve our mood and make our life colorful.

In a word, exercise is helpful, important and absolutely necessary.

体育锻炼

世界上每个人都希望快乐地生活。体育是幸福生活不可分割的部分。

古语说得好“生命在于运动”。虽然不做定期体育锻炼，你也不一定

会死，但是体育锻两当然可以帮你延年益寿。

首先，运动可以帮我们强健体魄。使疾病远离我们。

其次，运动可以训练我们反应的敏捷灵活度。

第三，运动可以帮我们改善心情，使生活丰富多彩。

总之，运动有用，重要而且绝对必要。

13）Responsibility


342 / 342

We Chinese place a high value on responsibility. It is a tradition for us to

take care of our parents. We owe them a great deal for the love they’ve

given us in our childhood.

As loyal Chinese citizens, we must have a strong sense of responsibility

to our country. It is our duty to keep China strong in the eyes of the world.

Therefore, we must be willing to join the Army and defend our country

against invasion.

In short, to be a responsible citizen, we must put our country’s benefits

above our own.

论责任

中国人崇尚责任。照顾父母是我们的传统。我们很亏欠父母，因为他

们在我们童年时给我我们很多。

作为忠诚的中国公民，我们必须对国家有强烈的责任感。我们有责任

使中国跻身于世界强国之列。因此，我们必须心甘情愿参军保卫我

们祖国不受侵略。

总之，做一个有责任心的公民，我们必须把祖国利益置于个人利益之

上。

奥鹏远程教育中心 -...

Documents

Transcript of 奥鹏远程教育中心 -...